Skip to content | Change text size
Handbooks Courses Units Related information
 

AFF5011 - Issues in risk management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Weekend On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit interrelates with and enhances AFF5021. It provides theoretical and practical insights into the workings of risk management through the analysis of situations and scenarios. It provides hands on experience in the identification of risk issues for practical implementation of risk management policy within a corporate setting and provides response tactics in a qualitative and/or quantitative approach. The unit will utilise current and emerging issues from a variety of sources that will emphasise, build and confirm knowledge by practical application of principles learnt during the course.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop analytical and diagnostic skills and in particular enhance an ability to analyse and resolve problems of practical importance and analyse situations and scenarios by reference to emerging issues in risk management and articulate a response in an effective manner
  • gain experience in the identification of risk issues for practical implementation of risk management policy within a corporate setting and decide on response tactics ranging from qualitative to quantitative as appropriate
  • identify risk issues of a topical nature and be able to articulate to risk situations and justify responses to various issues in terms of risk analysis
  • emphasise the relationship of risk factors and scenarios to risk practitioners by examination of identified issues
  • demonstrate analytical and written skills through various assignments designed to emphasise the practical application of knowledge of risk factors and scenarios.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Prerequisites

AFF9020, AFF9770 and ETX9520


AFF5021 - Case studies in risk management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Weekend On-campus)

Synopsis

This is the capstone unit of the Master of Risk Management. It includes detailed analysis of a series of case studies drawn from real life events and, as appropriate, delivered by industry practitioners. The unit is designed to bring all facets of the degree together in the closing semester of the course of study.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop analytical and diagnostic skills and in particular enhance an ability to analyse and resolve problems of practical importance
  • analyse situations and scenarios by reference to case studies relating to risk management and articulate a response in an effective manner
  • gain experience in a controlled environment in skills needed for practical implementation of risk management policy within a corporate setting
  • decide on response tactics ranging from qualitative to quantitative as appropriate
  • categorise degrees of risk and respond to risk situations, justify responses to various set situations using the matrix approach and emphasise the relationship of risk factors and scenarios to risk practitioners and various guest speakers
  • work in an individual and/or team environment and develop the ability to project and defend a point of view in a constructive manner.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Prerequisites

AFF9020, AFF9770 and ETX9520


AFF5031 - Principles of risk transfer

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Weekend On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop the concept of risk transfer, or the insurance purchase decision, as an outcome of risk management decision-making. It discusses the concept and application of insurance and the principals underlying the insurance purchase, with emphasis on the relationship to the risk management process.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of the risk transfer decision-making process and explain the concept of risk within an insurance framework
  • outline the principles of risk allocation in non-insurance contracts
  • explain the structure of the insurance industry and the functions of an insurance company
  • outline the core concepts underlying the main insurance industry sectors of life, accident, health, property and liability
  • discuss and comment on the implications of the growing convergence of the broader financial services industry.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Prerequisites

AFF9020


AFF5040 - Advanced investments

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Financial asset analysis, valuation and allocation in global economies; volatility of asset prices; financial exposures; measuring risk and awareness of the tools available for management of such risks including futures, forwards, options and swaps; advanced approaches to the formation and management of portfolios.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop a recognition and understanding of the investment environment and its impact on asset valuation
  • develop analytical skills related to the valuation of various investments
  • develop skills to critically evaluate various investment strategies
  • develop skills relating to dealing with financial risk
  • develop a critical perspective of such investment management.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AFF5050 - Advanced international banking

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include history of international banking; international financial system and its major players; regulations and interaction with public policy; world debt; foreign exchange markets; lending and investment criteria; the Australian international banking sector.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop skills in understanding of the role of international banking within the international financial, derivatives and regulatory markets
  • develop an international banking perspective by contrasting different banking and finance systems in other countries
  • develop an ability to work in a team by completing a group report that requires a written synthesis of the contributions of team members and presentation of the report in the class
  • develop oral presentation skills by participation in discussions during tutorials
  • develop academic skills by preparing an individual assignment based on empirical studies that requires research using the web and print reference materials.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AFF5070 - Strategic policy and entrepreneurship

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The nature of entrepreneurship and strategic policies in exploiting new venture opportunities. The processes of starting up and developing new ventures in small and large organisations; examining the role of effective marketing research for new ventures and products; appropriate managerial and marketing strategies; devising business plans and their implementation; financing the venture; and the management of material, human and financial resources in successful enterprises.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the realities and challenges faced by entrepreneurs
  • develop an awareness of the problems involved in starting up and managing new ventures either in existing organisations or as a new enterprise
  • develop skills in analysis, problem-solving and decision making.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AFF5080 - Business accounting: strategic issues

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A study of current and emerging issues in strategic management accounting and the development of management accounting systems. Topics include marketing and management accounting, activity based management, environmental costs, and the impact of innovation and change on management accounting.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and discuss contemporary issues in Strategic Management Accounting
  • demonstrate an understanding of fundamental issues in business strategy and an appreciation of strategy development and management in the survival and success of a business
  • discuss the problems and possibilities in making management accounting more strategically relevant to various functions of a business organisation
  • explain current and emerging management accounting issues relating to the design and implementation of strategic, marketing, production, quality and other management models in modern firms
  • demonstrate how management accounting may become more strategically relevant and 'add value' to a business.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AFF5090 - Financial reporting and statement analysis

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Reporting requirements according to Corporations Law and approved accounting standards, existing reporting practices and the quality of published financial reports. Properties and roles of financial statements; key aspects of decisions based on financial statements and environmental features for decision making.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire knowledge of relevant GAAP, including International Accounting Standards, ASX Listing Rules and provisions of the Corporations Act (2001) to understand how financial reporting and disclosure affects the analysis of financial statements
  • develop skills in analysing contentious financial reporting and disclosure issues
  • develop skills in the analysis of financial statements for decision making
  • develop oral presentation skills by participating in the presentation of case studies
  • develop an ability to work in a team by setting minor and major projects that requires written synthesis of the contributions of team members.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

AFF4013


AFF5100 - Advanced strategic management accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

An advanced study of the interface between modern managerial accounting and the business functions of strategic planning, marketing, manufacturing and human resource management. Topics covered include concepts and issues in strategy, quality, ethics, advertising and promotion, pricing, distribution and productivity.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the basic conventions and doctrines of managerial and cost accounting and other generally accepted principles that may be strategically applied across the various functions of a business organisation
  • identify major contemporary issues that have emerged in strategic management accounting
  • critically evaluate a number of cost and management accounting issues relating to the design and implementation of strategic, marketing, strategic value and other management models in modern firms
  • explain the management accountant's role in the implementation of cost management systems for marketing decision-making and business valuation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 45%
Examination (3 hours): 55%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AFF5130 - Financial statement analysis and business valuation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The focus of this unit is on the process of business valuation. Topics include capital markets issues, evaluation of industry profitability, accounting analysis including evaluation of earnings management techniques, preparation of pro-forma statements, forecasting, bankruptcy analysis, and business valuation techniques.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • learn a contemporary approach to financial statement analysis
  • develop an understanding of market environment
  • gain an understanding of business and industry analysis, managerial opportunism, fundamental analysis, and business valuation using lectures presentations and real-life projects
  • improve ability to work in groups and interact constructively with group members
  • improve communication skills via work in groups and presentations to the class.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 55%
Examination (3 hours): 45%.

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

AFF5090


AFF5150 - Financial reporting issues

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The extent to which accounting theories provide a basis for determining the content of external financial reports and resolving accounting controversies. The subject will provide students with the opportunity to further develop skills of analysis, evaluation and synthesis in the areas of financial accounting and reporting and in the process create an awareness of some current developments in accounting regulation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire specialist knowledge and skills in understanding research articles
  • develop academic and communication skills through presentations to the class
  • develop self-motivation and teamwork in conducting a comprehensive empirical research project
  • acquire skills application of statistical software, such as SAS
  • acquire skills in report writing through write-up of the finding of research in the context of submission to an academic journal.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AFF5180 - Research dissertation

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Under supervision, students are expected to undertake and report on an original research topic that addresses a contemporary and/or a significant issue in the field of accounting, banking and finance, insurance or risk management. Students must find a suitable supervisor, have selected an appropriate area of research and have obtained the approval of their course director before undertaking in this unit.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an ability to work independently by selecting a research project that requires a critical review of the literature and derivation of appropriate hypotheses
  • acquire knowledge of devising appropriate procedures for the testing of the hypotheses, showing regard to both theoretical and practical problems of conducting scientific research
  • develop the ability to conduct a planned study and manage any problems arising from the research design and data collection
  • develop a high level of analytical, written and communication skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

48 hours per week of private research and consultation with the appointed supervisor

Prerequisites

AFX4000 and AFX4010


AFF5200 - Issues in competitive advantage I

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

In examining a range of concepts about the nature of competition, competitive advantage and competitive strategy; the unit is intended to provide a theoretical framework for the study of specific, current issues in competitive advantage which form the basis of the second subject in this area, AFF5401 (Issues in competitive advantage II).

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the role of competitive advantage and how this relates to the development of an organisation's strategic positioning and strategy
  • recognise the need for concern with the concepts of competitive advantage in an increasingly challenging and changing business environment
  • identify the many areas of the market and firm's activities from which a competitive advantage may originate
  • appreciate that in a dynamic business environment, the factors which confer a positive advantage may change quickly
  • examine a range of current issues which are seen as relevant to winning and maintaining a competitive advantage.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (3 hours): 40%


AFF5230 - Financial markets and long-term funding

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include an introduction to the financial markets; the theoretical foundation of capital structure; the Australian debt and equity markets; international debt and equity markets; the Australian and US legal provisions relative to capital markets; securitisation; credit ratings.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • become skilled in understanding the structure of International financial markets
  • acquire an understanding of the range of financial products available in International financial markets
  • acquire an appreciation of the implications of International securities and tax law on International financial markets
  • develop a set of academic skills which include the ability to work independently, evaluate academic papers in terms of the application of finance theories to the International financial markets, search the web and to submit assignments on time
  • develop excellent oral and written communication skills to be able to analyse case studies and to lead/participate in groups from diverse cultural and social backgrounds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0504, 2619, 3189, 3818 or 3850 to undertake this unit


AFF5250 - Corporate treasury management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include objectives, role, and functions of corporate treasury; its structure, ethics, policies; banking interface; treasury performance evaluation; links to corporate strategy; physical and derivative financial markets and instruments; short term and long term financial planning and forecasting; working capital management and forecasting; evaluation, management and business risks of investment opportunities; dividend policy; funding alternatives; financial risk assessment and management including interest rate risk; foreign exchange risk, credit risk and credit ratings; international financial markets and issues, treasury management systems, and recent trends in treasury management.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the objectives, role and functions of corporate treasury management; its structure, ethics and policies; its interface with bank systems; the capital markets and physical and derivative instruments that it deals in, including international markets and international trade; recent trends in treasury management; and the major elements of managing the treasury function itself, including treasury management systems and treasury performance evaluation
  • explain the link between corporate strategy and treasury operations, and develop a basic corporate strategy linked to a long term financial plan and forecast
  • complete financial analyses of a firm, including developing a short term financial plan and forecast, and recommending improvements in the management of liquidity and working capital; evaluating investment opportunities including business risks and project management risks; determining the capital structure of a firm and making financing decisions in the light of this structure; and determining an appropriate dividend policy for a firm in the context of its investment opportunities
  • describe the management principles for managing and hedging liquidity risk, interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, and credit risk (including the use of credit ratings)
  • develop basic teamwork and project management skills; written communication skills, and presentation skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0504, 2619, 3189, 3818 or 3850 to undertake this unit


AFF5260 - Money market dealing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit will combine classroom teaching and direct observance experience of the money markets covering background to the money markets, participants, interest rate and exchange rate determination, instruments traded in the money and currency markets, strategies and money and currency market trading operations. The simulated treasury dealing room will be used extensively in this course.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse dealing practices and conventions in the foreign exchange market and cash market
  • co-ordinate the front office and back office functions of a simulated bank's treasury dealing room
  • account and settle transactions completed in the simulated treasury dealing room
  • develop dealing strategies in the treasury dealing room
  • analyse and manage positions taken in the treasury dealing room.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

4 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course , 0504, 2619, 3189, 3818 or 3850 to undertake this unit


AFF5270 - Funds management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on funds management styles and philosophies; approaches to implementing investment strategies for funds design and decision making; practical allocation of assets across and within different markets (industries); market sector volatilities and risk management; and performance measurement. Current academic research and trends in the industry are also considered from local and global funds management perspectives.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire knowledge of the current theory and practice of the global funds management process
  • acquire knowledge of current concepts based on funds management specific philosophies, strategies and styles, as well as learn various approaches to current professional funds management investment practices
  • acquire knowledge of specific approaches to funds design and decisions making; practical allocation of funds across asset classes and within different financial markets (industries); portfolio optimisation; portfolio monitoring; market sector volatilities and risk management and; measurement and evaluation of funds managers' performance
  • develop understanding and appreciation of current academic research and trends in the funds management industry
  • based on past funds managers' performance, to develop skills of summarizing, critically analysing and assessing, ranking, reporting and, presenting the current performance of Australian funds managers.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0504, 2619, 3189, 3818 or 3850 to undertake this unit


AFF5280 - Institutional asset and liability management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Topics include managing interest rate risk; foreign exchange risk; liquidity risk and the cash flow cycle; credit risk; capital risk; debt and investment risk and managing the risk of derivative products.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop critical skills in understanding, analysing and applying concepts and models such as VAR Model, RAROC Model, Z-score etc. which provide assistance for managing bank's assets and liability risks
  • develop an understanding of the application of regulatory measures taken by Reserve bank of Australia , APRA and BIS for improvement of risk management in the banking industry
  • explain the link between theory and real world situation in the areas of market risk, interest rate risks, foreign exchange risks, credit risks, liquidity risks and operation risk faced by banks
  • develop writing and presentation skills by requiring the submission of group assignments relating to existing practices followed by the banks
  • develop an ability to work independently by requiring presentation of tutorials answers relating to risk management by the financial institutions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0504, 2619, 3189, 3818 or 3850 to undertake this unit.


AFF5380 - Credit risk modelling

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Jean Pierre Fenech

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit develops knowledge and improves skills in credit risk modelling by using market information to predict defaulted firms. The topics discussed will provide an understanding of their relative merits, the issues involved in their implementation and their use in the pricing and risk management of credit risk. This unit assists practitioners and students alike to understand better the use of credit risk models and moves them away from the proverbial Black Box scenario.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop credit risk modelling using Altman and Ohlson models
  • develop an understanding of credit risk modelling approaches
  • analyse the Merton structural model and implications for credit analysis
  • analyse the term structure of credit spreads and probabilities of default
  • analyse implications of alternative ways to model recovery
  • develop correlations between default rates and recovery
  • develop copula based approach to modelling default dependence.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

AFF9140


AFF5390 - Advanced financial planning

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Andrew Child

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced skills in financial planning, construction of a plan, and review of the plan. Coverage includes: preparation of various financial planning documents including the Financial Services Guide, Privacy Statement and Statement of Advice; aspects of the client relationship; gathering data and identifying goals, objectives and financial issues; assessing strategies, preparing recommendations, and writing the Statement of Advice; implementing the plan; reviewing, updating and maintaining the plan.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the legislative framework pertaining to the financial services sector and how it applies in practice in financial planning
  • develop skills in analysis and problem solving that are critical in the preparation of financial plans and related documents
  • develop skills in effectively managing and communicating with clients
construct a comprehensive, best practice, compliant Financial Services Guide (FSG), Privacy Statement (PS) and Statement of Advice (SoA)
  • develop skills in the use of best practice financial planning software such as VisiPlan.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

AFF9130


AFF5401 - Issues in competitive advantage II

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit builds on the theoretical framework presented in the prerequisite subject AFF5200 (Issues in competitive advantage I) to examine leading business issues relating to competitive advantage.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • gain an insight into the business environment through an evaluation of real life organisational case studies
  • recognise the need for continuous search for the issues and elements of the business mix upon which competitive success depends
  • appreciate in a real life context, the range of issues that are currently evident in a business, the frequency of change and the associated level of uncertainty, understand how these issues and uncertainty might be addressed to develop and maintain a competitive edge
  • identify, in a dynamic business environment, the issues that relate to competitive positioning in the industries and markets in which an organisation operates
  • use a case study methodology for developing and implementing competitive strategies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

AFF5200


AFF9020 - Introduction to risk principles

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Weekend On-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Weekend On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce the concept of risk as a business philosophy and to introduce students to the Australian Risk Management Standard, AS/NZS 4360:2004. It will look at the evolution of risk, the requirements for risk management, the risk management process and steps, and the application of risk management.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of the scope, application and definition of risk
  • explain the risk management requirements needed of a business entity of the 21st century
  • compare and contrast the risk management process with existing approaches to governance, compliance and control
  • link the risk approach to effective business control, by reference to AS/NZS 4360:2004
  • understand the steps and the logic of the sequence.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%


AFF9130 - Financial planning

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to financial planning. Coverage includes: the legislative and economic environment; the role of financial service advisers; licensing and disclosure; investment strategies, products, and related taxation implications, with particular reference to securities and managed investments; social security; superannuation, pensions and other retirement issues; estate planning; and the financial planning process. This unit meets Australian Securities and Investments Commission registration requirements for Tier 1 in respect of: specific knowledge in financial planning, securities, managed investments and superannuation; and generic knowledge.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe financial planning activities and legal compliance requirements for financial planners
  • demonstrate specialist skills required for interaction with financial planning clients
  • demonstrate generic knowledge of the Australian and global investment environments, together with specialist knowledge in the areas of superannuation, financial planning, securities and managed investments
  • prepare financial plans for clients with different financial objectives
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills to individual and/or group activities dealing with personal financial planning.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

AFC3440, AFF3111


AFF9140 - Bank lending

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include the credit risk assessment process; accounting fundamentals; reading financial statements (including ratio analysis); using budgeted financial statements (including breakeven analysis, what-if analysis and variance analysis); creative accounting; technical accounting update; business structures; current issues in insolvency and loan security.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the basic principles governing bank lending
  • develop an understanding of the framework within which bank lending decisions are made
  • develop an understanding of the analysis of financial statement of a company
  • develop analytical skills with regard to the management of credit risk and its measurement techniques
  • develop an understanding of new bank lending product development and its marketing.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AFF9150 - Options, futures and risk management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit examines how options and futures can be used for hedging risk in the process of risk management. Several aspects of risk management are examined, including the reasons why investors indulge in this activity, how value is created via risk management, and the firm-wide approach to risk management (given that any firm is exposed to a wide variety of risks). Once the importance of risk management has been established, emphasis turns to the use of derivatives (futures and options) to manage risk. To understand how they are used to manage risk, the unit also considers the characteristics and pricing of these instruments, including some exotic versions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the risk management function and its evolution in the corporate world
  • demonstrate how risk management adds to the value of the firm
  • demonstrate how financial risk can be measured
  • describe futures and options markets and the characteristics of these derivatives
  • explain the pricing of futures and options
  • demonstrate how options and futures can be used for hedging and speculation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Only students enrolled in one of the following courses may undertake this unit:
0028, 0396, 0503, 0504, 0790, 0826, 1445, 1499, 2098, 2619, 3174, 3176, 3177, 3179, 3189, 3822, 3843 or 3844.

Prohibitions

AFF5290, AFF3751


AFF9160 - International banking and finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include the international financial system; the European monetary system; Euromarkets; trade finance and trade facilitation agencies; international bank management issues; global banking issues; country risk analysis; effect on banks of catering to needs of multinationals and transnationals.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify characteristics of international banking and analyse the decision of domestic banks to expand internationally
  • explain the role of international financial markets and the instruments used in these markets
  • understand foreign exchange and the application of relevant hedging techniques
  • develop written and verbal communication skills, and the ability to work both independently and in a team.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30 %
Examination (3 hours): 70 %

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AFF9250 - Financial management theory

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include review of foundations of finance; financial mathematics and pricing of financial instruments; valuation and the management of long term investment and financial leverage; and theory of capital structure and dividend policy.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • become skilled in understanding why wealth maximisation is an appropriate goal and to further understand the issues surrounding agency relationships
  • acquire relevant knowledge of portfolio theory to be able to calculate portfolio returns and risk and become skilled in the application of the Capital Asset Pricing Model to the valuation of shares
  • become skilled in the application of various capital budgeting techniques which enable financial managers to evaluate investment proposals
  • develop a set of academic skills which include the ability to work independently, to utilize library resources (e.g. text books, academic journals etc) to search the web and to submit assignments on time
  • develop excellent oral and written communication skills to be able to work independently and to lead / participate in groups from diverse cultural and social backgrounds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit:
0028, 0396, 0503, 0504, 0790, 0826, 1445, 1499, 2098, 2619, 3174, 3176, 3177, 3179, 3189, 3822, 3843, 3844.

Prohibitions

AFF9730, AFG9070


AFF9260 - Australian capital markets

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include development of money and financial markets and financial flows analysis; intermediation; economic role of the different financial institutions; determination of interest rates and yield curve analysis in financial markets; exchange rates and money supply; sources of short-term, medium-term and long-term finance; sources of overseas borrowing; an introduction to interest rate and exchange rate management; performance of the financial system.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire relevant knowledge of specific types of financial institutions, instruments and markets in order to explain the distinctions between their operations, usage and regulation
  • critically evaluate the assumptions and conventional wisdom relating to the term structure of interest rates
  • develop academic skills by accessing electronic data sources and hard copy references to evaluate a case study assignment
  • develop an ability to work in a team by requiring syndicates to submit written solutions to assigned case studies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit:
0028, 0396, 0503, 0504, 0790, 0826, 1445, 1499, 1822, 2098, 2619, 3174, 3176, 3177, 3179, 3189, 3822, 3843, 3844.


AFF9350 - Portfolio management and theory

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include investment markets and investment strategies; measuring investment return and risk; capital asset pricing model; arbitrage pricing theory; taxation; shares and share analysis; valuation; financial futures markets; real estate; portfolio management; asset allocation; monitoring.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • provide specialist knowledge on portfolio management in applying modern portfolio theory
  • develop specialist knowledge in critically evaluating financial market information to measure risk and return while understanding the implications of efficient market hypothesis in investment analysis
  • acquire capability to apply asset pricing models, valuation techniques, fundamental and technical analysis in the asset valuation process
  • develop communication skills through active class participation
  • acquire an ability to work in a team environment in the preparation of a major group assignment incorporating a written synthesis of the contributions of team members through research in the Web and print reference materials.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 0028, 0396, 0503, 0504, 0790, 0826, 1445, 1499, 1822, 2098, 2619, 3174, 3176, 3177, 3179, 3189, 3822, 3843, 3844


AFF9551 - International study program in accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit centres on both a conceptual and practical approach to International Accounting Issues with emphasis on international standard setting and compliance as viewed by regulators and private sector preparers of accounts. Students gain a practical understanding of these issues in an international context through the overseas visitation program which forms an integral part of this unit.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding the history of accounting standard setting in various countries and the international convergence of accounting standards
  • develop a practical understanding and appreciation of cultural differences within the area of international accounting through an overseas visitation program
  • develop a set of academic skills which include the ability to work independently, evaluate academic papers in terms of the application of theories to understand and explain differences in financial reporting, search the web and to submit assignments on time
  • develop excellent oral and written communication skills to be able to analyse case studies and to lead/participate in groups from diverse cultural and social backgrounds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

Five 3-hour formal class hours held over 2 weeks. Twelve 2-hour formal visits to professional bodies and companies during the international component of programs, over a period of approximately 3 weeks.

Prerequisites

Permission required


AFF9730 - International finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include working capital management, capital budgeting and funding decisions (capital structure and cost of capital) incorporating the identification of foreign exchange risks and their management as well as their financial reporting implications.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify motives and evaluate strategies for foreign direct investment
  • understand the impact of and strategies to manage risks associated with international business
  • acquire a sound knowledge of issues surrounding the financing of international business
  • develop oral presentation skills in communicating complexities surrounding international business
  • develop an ability to work independently, lead and participate in teams from diverse cultural and social backgrounds by producing a presentation relating to an international business issue.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 2098 to undertake this unit

Prohibitions

AFF9160, AFF9250


AFF9770 - Risk financing and treasury management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Weekend On-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Weekend On-campus)

Synopsis

Topics include the evaluation of risk; financing tools; retention and transfer; insurance; non insurance; pre and post loss funding; retention and self insurance decisions; insurance and reinsurance principles and practices for the corporate buyer; deductible selection models; management and administration of losses and insurance claims; institutional factors, accounting factors, including taxation and government incentives; captive insurance companies; international considerations; financial transfer by contract.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop critical skills in understanding, analysing and applying concepts and models relating to risk management by the treasury of an organisation
  • develop an understanding of optimum capital structure, maximisation of firm value and investment risk management faced by the treasury
  • explain the link between theory of derivative products, insurance products and credit derivatives such as securitization and the real world situation
  • develop writing and presentation skills by requiring the submission of group assignments relating to existing practices followed by the banks
  • develop the ability to work independently by requiring presentation of tutorials answers relating to risk management by the financial institutions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AFG9040 - Accounting theory and current issues

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Scientific method and emergency of accounting theory. General descriptive theories. General prescriptive theories. Not-for-profit, conceptual framework and neo-empirical research. Business ethics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine the historical and theoretical background which produced contemporary accounting concepts
  • critically review conventional accounting practice
  • consider alternative accounting models that have been proposed as a basis for developing systems for collecting and reporting economic information for decision-making
  • study the regulation of financial accounting and the development of international accounting as they relate to the conceptual framework
  • understand basic ethics principles and the application of these principles in the field of business.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Prerequisites

AFG9073

Prohibitions

AFX5631, AFX9560


AFG9041 - Auditing and assurance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Overview of auditing, the auditor's legal liabilities, audit process and evidence, the concepts of materiality and risks, study and evaluation of internal control, IT auditing, audit sampling techniques, the test of transactions cycles and the verification of account balances, auditors reports, and internal and operational auditing.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the role, limitations and demand for audits in society and develop skills in determining the auditor's professional, ethical and legal obligations
  • explain the auditor's role in corporate governance
  • develop an understanding of the assurance framework and develop skills in the application of the key evidence gathering procedures used by auditors when planning, assessing the risks of material misstatements and carrying out audit procedures to determine their audit opinion
  • develop skills in determining the type and format of reports provided by auditors
  • develop academic and writing skills by setting an assignment that requires students to research the auditing literature and critically examine a current auditing topic.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Prerequisites

AFG9073

Prohibitions

AFX5621, AFX9570


AFG9044 - Business finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Issues include goals and functions of financial policy, corporate risk, uncertainty, capital structure policies, required rates of return, capital budgeting and long term investment decisions, evaluation of investments and dividend policy, financing, debt and equity, overseas and small business financing, statement analysis and prediction of corporate failure, working capital management, mergers and acquisitions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of the goal, functions and decision making rules as a financial manager
  • apply mathematical models for risk and return trade-off, for the valuation of securities and for the determination of the cost of capitals
  • understand the main approaches to the capital structure and dividend decisions
  • obtain the basic knowledge of hybrids and derivatives
  • develop and present the knowledge for takeover and acquisition.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%

Prerequisites

AFG9073

Prohibitions

AFX9540, AFX9641


AFG9070 - Financial management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Basic financial functions, development and basis of financial reports, analysis of financial reports, capital investment appraisals, cost behaviour, budgeting technique and implications for management, capital structure and sources of finance.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate the full understanding of the analysis of financial statements
  • apply a mathematical model for cost-price-profit analysis
  • understand the main approaches to the budget planning
  • obtain the basic knowledge of working capital management
  • develop a way for capital investment decision making.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%


AFG9071 - Introductory accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The accounting process required to prepare financial reports and the elements of these reports including assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses. Students learn to classify economic transactions into appropriate accounts and calculate ratios for analysis.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse and discuss the role of accounting in business and its theoretical framework
  • develop skills in the analysis of accounting transactions and events, recording entries in both manual and computer based ledger systems, and in the production of balance sheets statements of changes in owners equity, income statements and cash flows
  • apply an analytical approach to problem-solving both in the preparation of financial statements and in their use to assist in decision-making
  • analyse financial statements for profitability and risk
  • demonstrate competence in business communications through oral and written assessments.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Prohibitions

AFX9500


AFG9072 - Management accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Topics include concepts of cost, basic product costing systems, cost allocation and activity-based costing, cost behaviour and breakeven analysis, relevant costs for decision making, budgeting management, capital budgeting techniques, and organisation control and transfer pricing. Discussions are expanded to some current management accounting issues, such as methods to stay competitive, compensation plans, and Management Accounting Control System design in changing environment.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the nature of cost accounting and accounting for product and service costs to enable the provision of relevant and timely information for decision making and resource management
  • apply practical skills to apply theoretical cost accounting systems to practical examples for manufacturing, merchandising and service industries
  • develop analytical thinking and communication skills for providing decision making information to assist management
  • develop an understanding of the concepts and techniques involved in capital investment decisions
  • consider and examine developments in the area of management accounting including the impact of information technology.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%

Prerequisites

AFG9071

Prohibitions

AFX5611, AFX9550


AFG9073 - Financial accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Issues include the influences on the nature and objectives of corporate financial accounting, profit determination and distribution, the reorganisation of share capital, the balance sheet and income and cash flow statements, tax effect accounting, accounting for the acquisition, revaluation and impairment of assets, accounting for consolidations, including inter-company transactions and outside equity interests.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop a thorough knowledge of the content of the reports of publicly listed companies and be able to prepare such reports and regulations of the various regulatory bodies
  • develop an understanding of the nature of the inter corporate reporting, its principles and concepts in respect of public companies and one or more fully and/or partly owned subsidiary companies
  • demonstrate competence in business communications through written assessment in this unit
  • develop an ability to work independently and to participate in group discussions with participants from diverse backgrounds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Prerequisites

AFG9071

Prohibitions

AFX4601, AFX9530


AFG9144 - Financial institutions management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Prudential supervision, capital adequacy and moral hazard, measuring returns and risks in banking, credit, interest rate and liquidity risk management.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop a theoretical framework of a financial firm and industry
  • analyse the behaviour of banks and other financial institutions
  • understand the regulatory framework governing the behaviour of financial institutions
  • be able to predict how banks and other financial institutions will respond to regulatory and other changes in the economy.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%


AFX4000 - Research methods

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Introduction to a broad range of research methodology and testing procedures used in accounting and finance. The primary focus is on the undertaking of research. The unit comprises an analysis of the science of research, an examination of the key elements of research in accounting and finance, data issues, ethical issues, hypothesis development, causal models, the use of parametric and non-parametric statistical tests, survey-based research and general research methodology.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the major steps in the development of a research project in accounting or finance
  • illustrate the key strengths and weaknesses in accounting and finance research designs and methods
  • apply qualitative and quantitive data analysis techniques and interpret the output
  • critically evaluate empirical research in accounting and finance
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with research methods.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit

Prohibitions

AFC4100


AFX4010 - Research proposal

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will prepare a research proposal in an area of accounting and/or finance. Students will, with the assistance of a research mentor, select a research topic and prepare a proposal consisting of a literature review, theory and hypothesis development, an outline of the research methods to be applied and the data requirements

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • prepare a research proposal in accounting or finance
  • write a literature review related to a selected topic in accounting or finance
  • develop testable hypotheses
  • identify the appropriate method and identify data requirements to test the hypotheses
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with a research proposal.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

15 contact hours over 13 weeks

Co-requisites

AFX4000 and students must be enrolled in course 0171 or 0181 to undertake this unit


AFX4012 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students should learn how to conduct a literature review; develop both research questions and hypotheses; formulate a research decision; gather and analyse data using appropriate procedures; write up research; and draw appropriate conclusions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • implement a research proposal
  • recognise practical problems of conducting scientific research and propose solutions
  • write a comprehensive research paper
  • develop the ability to conduct and manage a planned study
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with a research project.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

AFX4000 and AFX4010

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4018 - Research dissertation

18 points, SCA Band 3, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students conduct a critical review of the literature relevant to their study; derive appropriate hypotheses for testing; devise an empirical test of the hypotheses showing regard to practical problems of conducting research, ethical considerations, and principles of scientific method; conduct a planned study and manage any problems arising in the date collection; select and conduct an appropriate analysis of the data; and write a report on the project, showing due regard to relevant stylistic conventions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • implement a research proposal
  • recognise practical problems of conducting scientific research and propose solutions
  • complete a research dissertation
  • develop the ability to conduct and manage a planned study
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with a research dissertation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

AFX4000 and AFX4010

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4030 - Advanced modelling in finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Topics include consumption-based asset pricing models , two beta ICAPM, intertemporal asset pricing models, modelling for mutual and hedging funds, credit risk models, modelling correlated defaults, term structure of default probability, credit derivatives, credit default swaps, collateralised debt obligations, asset value models.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • apply advanced knowledge and skills in the use of Excel and Visual Basic
  • develop advanced skills in the design and implementation of efficient and robust financial models such as option pricing, portfolio and interest rate models
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills to individual and/or group activities dealing with advanced modelling in finance.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4040 - Issues in accounting information systems

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The objective of this unit is to provide students with a broad introduction to the contemporary themes in Accounting Information Systems research. The unit covers issues on research and practice in the following areas: frameworks and ontologies in information systems; decision making; process modelling; systems and data; and design and behavioural aspects in accounting information systems. Upon completion of this unit, students are expected to be able to critically evaluate design and behavioural aspects of accounting information systems research and practice. They should also be able to identify major research questions in accounting information systems.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • discuss ontologies and paradigms in information systems
  • discuss decision making and principles of bounded rationality
  • evaluate integrated information systems modelling tools for accounting processes
  • critically evaluate empirical research and identify major research questions in accounting and business information systems
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills to individual and/or group activities dealing with issues in accounting information systems.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4050 - Issues in auditing and assurance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit considers both theoretical and professional issues relevant to the various participants to the audit process. The unit provides students with an overview of the nature of assurance and regulation of the audit profession, the economics of auditing, and the behavioural dimensions of auditing. Topics also include future directions for assurance services, fraud, internal control and corporate governance issues.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • discuss research paradigms in auditing and assurance research
  • describe the range of methods of decision making in auditing
  • critically evaluate empirical research and identify major research questions in auditing and assurance including audit quality, internal control, fraud and corporate governance
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with issues in auditing and assurance.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

One 3-hour session per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4060 - Issues in corporate finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The objective of this course is to develop critical economic reasoning and understanding of important empirical regularities in corporate finance. This unit builds on introductory corporate finance studies and analyses a variety of issues by introducing a study of recent empirical literature. There is a strong focus on research with a selective and critical examination of theoretical and empirical research in corporate finance. The advanced topics covered include market efficiency and event studies, security offerings, corporate takeovers, and capital structure, dividend policy, corporate governance and financial tunnelling.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire knowledge of empirical findings in corporate finance
  • develop an ability to conceptualise and analyse issues in corporate finance at a sound level of understanding and be in a position to make a significant contribution in setting firm financial policy
  • critically evaluate underlying theories, concepts, assumptions, limitations and arguments in corporate financial theory
  • develop analytical skills via understanding the intuition and logic behind recent academic research and the possible extension to the recent research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

AFX4000


AFX4070 - Issues in financial accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Topics are selected from the development of financial accounting theory, contracting theory and accounting policy choice (including debt contracts, political costs, management compensation and efficient contracting), corporate governance, behavioural research, the returns-earnings relation, the explanatory power of earnings, post-earnings announcement drift and other anomalies, information content of cash flows and accruals, earnings quality, market reaction to accounting regulation and value relevance of accounting information.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • discuss research paradigms in financial accounting
  • discuss the economic consequences of accounting regulation
  • distinguish between alternative perspectives of corporate governance and appreciate its interaction with contracting theory and financial accounting
  • critically evaluate empirical research and identify major research questions in financial accounting
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with issues in financial accounting.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

One 3-hour session per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4080 - Issues in banking

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit draws on the academic literature to provide a study of a range of topics relating to banking and finance. It presents a basis for students intending to undertake research into banking and related finance questions. Topics covered include theory of financial intermediation, risk management, efficiency assessment, competition modelling and bank regulation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • discuss existing theory in the field of banking and its evolution
  • critically assess the usefulness and limitations of this theory in the field of banking
  • apply this theory to relevant current policy issues
  • critically evaluate empirical research and identify major research questions in banking
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with issues in banking.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4090 - Issues in management accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The major theoretical foundations of the management accounting discipline including the economics (agency), psychology (behavioural, etc.) and organisational (contingency) approaches are introduced. The unit shows how these disciplines have influenced the view of managers. Management accounting is presented as a professional discipline primarily concerned with influencing and facilitating decisions, and several accounting technologies are critically assessed. This unit focuses on technologies which are useful in the short and medium term including budgeting and incentive plans as well as those that take a long-term or strategic viewpoint.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • discuss research paradigms and core concepts related to organizational, economic, behavioural and sociological theories as they relate to management accounting research
  • critically evaluate recent developments in strategic thinking and implications for management accounting
  • critically evaluate empirical research to identify recent developments in management accounting practices from perspectives of both content and processes
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with issues in management accounting.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0171 or 0181 to undertake this unit


AFX4110 - Advanced research methods

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an advanced applied perspective to a broad range of research methodology and testing procedures used in accounting and finance research. Students who have completed this unit should, at an advanced level, be able to collect qualitative and quantitative data using a variety of research techniques; to apply advanced statistical techniques to the analysis of quantitative data; to design non-probability and probability samples; to deal with advanced issues in cross-sectional, panel and time series data and to conduct research ethically.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain advanced research methods used in accounting and finance research
  • perform advanced statistical and econometrics tests and procedures for data analysis
  • identify topical research issues, research designs and advanced methods used in accounting and finance research
  • develop critical skills of summarizing, analysing, reporting and presenting quantitative and/or qualitative data and research results
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with advanced research methods.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours) 70%

Contact hours

Two 3-hour lectures per week for 6 weeks

Prerequisites

AFX4000

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4130 - Bank management and risk analysis

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Topics include functions and objectives of banks; the risk return trade off; prudential supervision; asset management; loan pricing; liabilities and equity; off balance sheet banking; asset-liability management; measuring bank performance and managing financial crises for banks.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the functions and objectives of financial intermediaries
  • outline a framework for analysing the risks facing financial institutions in the context of their functions and objectives
  • explain how bank management address these risks in the current banking environment, including dealing with risk return trade offs, prudential supervision, asset management, loan pricing, liabilities and equity, off balance sheet banking, asset-liability management, measuring bank performance and managing financial crises
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with bank management and risk analysis.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4140 - Corporate financial theory

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Topics likely to be covered will be selected from theory and evidence on asset pricing models, capital structure, dividend policy, efficient markets, agency theory, takeovers and corporate restructuring, option pricing theory and applications, international finance and investment appraisal.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe current theories and models in corporate finance
  • develop and apply requisite mathematics skills
  • critically evaluate empirical research to identify recent developments in corporate finance
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with corporate financial theory.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: (3 hours) 70%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour sessions per week

Prerequisites

AFC4060

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4150 - Empirical research in analysis of financial statements

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Topics selected from accounting-based valuation models, financial ratio analysis from a valuation perspective, empirical research based on accounting-based valuation, fundamental analysis research, risk and financial information, empirical research into share returns and financial information, analysts earnings forecasts and analysts investment recommendations and share returns, management earnings forecasts.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe accounting-based valuation methods and apply these methods to listed companies
  • critically evaluate empirical research that utilises accounting-based valuation
  • critically evaluate empirical research that investigates the role of analysts as information intermediaries in securities markets
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with the analysis of financial statements.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour sessions per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX4180 - Mathematical finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Topics covered will be selected from: Markowitz portfolio theory, CAPM, the inter-temporal CAPM, Black-Scholes stock price and its implications, stochastic integration, stylised facts about stock and stock index returns -- results from econometric and econophysics research, risky asset models which reproduce the stylized facts, option pricing under such models, Itos formula, Ito processes, Ito calculus, accumulation under stochastic rates of interest and other applications in finance, extreme value theory in stock and insurance markets.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain advanced mathematical treatments of theoretical and analytical concepts in asset pricing and financial engineering
  • critically analyse recent advances in mathematical and computational finance including wavelet analysis, artificial neural networks and copulas
  • explain asset pricing theories and the use of scholastic processes
  • critically evaluate empirical research that applies asset pricing theories
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with mathematical finance.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

Two 1.5 hour classes per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181 or 0171 to undertake this unit


AFX5120 - Assurance, governance and fraud

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit considers both theoretical and practical issues relevant to the various participants to the audit process. The unit provides students with an overview of the assurance framework, the audit process, computer assisted audit techniques and issues related to corporate governance. Topics also include triple bottom line reporting, financial statement fraud, within firm fraud and fraud detection techniques.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse the audit and assurance process by working through a detailed case study
  • outline the corporate governance framework including an overview of various elements of that framework including audit committees, control and risk management, internal audit and ethics
  • explain fraud detection techniques
  • apply critical thinking, problem solving and presentation skills in individual and/or group activities dealing with assurance, governance and fraud issues.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

AFF5120


AFX5310 - Accounting processes and systems

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a broad introduction to the core business processes and systems that underpin organisational business activities. Topics covered include: how systems support business processes, electronic commerce and business decision making; database management concepts; methods for documenting business processes and information systems; internal controls for business processes and information systems; core business processes associated with revenue, expenditure and production transaction cycles, together with business reporting; and the role of an enterprise system.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire knowledge and understanding of core systems used in business and how these satisfy information needs; database management concepts; modelling business processes using two techniques: data flow diagrams and system flow charts; the importance of internal control and how to apply a control matrix; the core business processes that underpin organisational business activities; the role of an enterprise system
  • develop the attitudes, values and beliefs that facilitate the recognition of different types of systems used in business and their impacts on decision making; the role of databases in business systems; the value of documenting business processes
  • develop the attitudes, values and beliefs that facilitate identification of activities and business processes that generate specific accounting data; recognition of the risks faced in business processes and systems; appreciation of the interrelated nature of technology and business processes; appreciation of the relationships between accounting and information systems; the value the role of an enterprise system
  • develop practical skills in analysis of information needs; use of a popular database management tool; modelling of business processes; use of a popular modelling tool; evaluation, analysis and interpretation of the efficacy of business processes, supporting systems, internal controls and the reliability of accounting data generated within these processes
  • develop and enhance the relationships, communication and team work skills through collaborative learning and team work associated with documenting and analysing business processes; problem solving and critical thinking in ambiguous and dynamic contexts.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%


Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

AFX9520


AFX5320 - Business analytics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Business analytics and their applications to financial and management decision making will be explored for a range of business situations including: investment; planning; cash flow management; capital budgeting; contract awards; and risk analysis. Analytics covered include: problem structuring; multiple criteria decision making; optimisation; simulation; and data mining. Upon completion of this unit, students are expected to competently use selected analytics, to provide management interpretation of the solutions and to formulate business analyst's recommendations. The unit utilises advanced computer modeling tools available in Microsoft Excel and other modeling software packages.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire knowledge and understanding of the role of business analytics in organisations, the decision making lifecycle in business and financial management, model building techniques, model solving techniques, presentation and interpretation of results from business models, and popular and leading edge business and financial decision modelling tools
  • develop the attitudes, values, and beliefs that facilitate recognition of the value of business analytics within an organisation, adoption of a critical approach to decision models and their use in a business management context, appreciation of the value of modelling and simulation as effective business and financial decision making tools, appreciation of the limitations of formal decision models and the necessity of post-solution interpretation stage, and appreciation of the risks and benefits of interactive computer-centred business decision making
  • develop the practical skills in creation of interactive models for financial and management decisions and interpretation of the results produced at the model solving stage
  • develop the practical skills in selection of appropriate decision modelling techniques for given business management situations, assessment of the limitations of models, analysis of the appropriateness of modelling environments, and use of popular and leading edge business analytics tools
  • develop and enhance the relationships, communication and team work skills through collaborative learning associated with documenting and communicating decision models, team work associated with the model design and results interpretation stages, and coordination in the decision making life cycle.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BUS5570, ETF9480, GCO4802


AFX5330 - Integrated systems for business enterprises

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The objective of this unit is to introduce students to the business aspects of integrated enterprise systems. Enterprise systems are configurable business information systems that integrate information across multiple enterprise functions and business units, support key enterprise processes, and provide an enterprise wide view of business performance. Topics include systems and technology background, business processes and process reengineering, integration of core financial and logistics processes, enterprise wide reporting, and techniques for assessing enterprise productivity and enterprise dynamics. A well-known integrated enterprise system will be extensively used in this unit.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire knowledge and understanding of the role of an Enterprise System and its characteristics that distinguish it from other software; the benefits of enterprise systems including integration, world-wide flexibility, interactive processing and the capacity for configuration to suit business types
  • acquire knowledge and understanding of the features, functionality and modules of an enterprise system used in supporting organisations core business processes; enterprise wide reporting capabilities afforded by an enterprise system; how business process information can be used to measure enterprise performance; business process modelling; how business processes can be redesigned to improve operational efficiency and effectiveness and achieve a high level of internal control
  • develop the attitudes, values and beliefs that facilitate the recognition of value and role of an enterprise system in supporting business; appreciate the benefits afforded by enterprise systems and their impact on the business; appreciate how enterprise performance is measured; appreciate the role and place of process modelling; appreciate how firms might restructure business processes that are no longer appropriate due to changed circumstances
  • develop the practical skills in the use of a popular enterprise system; business reporting using an enterprise system; modelling of business processes; analysis and redesign of a business process
  • develop and enhance the relationships, communication and team work skills through collaborative learning associated with understanding the workings of an enterprise system and critical thinking and problem solving leading to the redesign of business processes.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%


Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BUS5700, FIT5101


AFX5860 - International studies in banking and finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The unit is designed to impart an understanding and appreciation of the current issues underlying the International area of finance, and to develop a practical understanding of the markets and the financial techniques used within the markets. To encourage research techniques for a specialised topic within the financial markets area. To develop a practical understanding and appreciation of cultural differences within the area of international banking and finance through an overseas visitation program.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • become skilled in understanding the history and structure of International banking and financial markets
  • acquire an understanding of the theories and usage of International foreign exchange markets
  • develop a practical understanding and appreciation of cultural differences within the area of international banking and finance through an overseas visitation program
  • develop a set of academic skills which include the ability to work independently, evaluate academic papers in terms of the application of finance theories to the International financial markets, search the web and to submit assignments on time
  • develop excellent oral and written communication skills to be able to analyse case studies and to lead/participate in groups from diverse cultural and social backgrounds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

One 6-hour seminar, followed by a 3 week international visitation program consisting of at least ten 2/3 hour presentations by sponsor organisations in the International Program, followed by interaction with Program Coordinators to discuss research project.

Prerequisites

Permission required


AFX5900 - CPA reporting and professional practice

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit is the foundation segment in the CPA program. It introduces the business environment and an understanding of how to apply professional judgement in ethical and reporting issues. The unit examines the nature of accounting and the role of practitioners; professional responsibilities and judgment and the practical implications of ethics; the business and regulatory environment; the role of professional accountants in enterprise governance; and the conceptual framework for general purpose financial reporting that applies in Australia.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire knowledge of current developments in the business and regulatory framework, corporate governance and the conceptual framework for general purpose financial reporting
  • develop an improved understanding of the accountancy as a profession and a conceptual framework for ethical behaviour
  • acquire skills in applying professional judgment in ethical and reporting issues in professional practice
  • develop critical skills in analysing, communicating and presenting comprehensive case studies
  • develop an ability to work independently and to participate in group discussions with participants from diverse backgrounds.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Associate membership CPA Australia

Prohibitions

AFF5001


AFX5910 - CPA assurance services and auditing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit covers the nature and diversity of auditing and assurance services. It presents an overview of the audit and assurance process and examines the objectives of assurance engagements and the environment within which the auditor or assurance practitioner operates. Insights are given into the various methodologies and procedures commonly employed in audit and assurance engagements, and the respective roles of private and public sector auditors are described and compared. The segment covers a number of important areas encountered in audit practice, and gives an overview of other assurance opportunities besides the audits of historical financial information.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an improved understanding of the nature and diversity of auditing and assurance services, including performance audits
  • acquire knowledge of assurance engagements other than audits or reviews of historical financial information of the accountancy as a profession and a conceptual framework for ethical behaviour
  • acquire skills in analysing and illustrating the complete audit process comprising the planning, evidence gathering and reporting stages, including how the IT environment impacts on all aspects of the audit process
  • develop critical skills in analysing, communicating and presenting comprehensive case studies
  • develop an ability to work independently and to participate in group discussions with participants from diverse backgrounds.

Assessment

Examination: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Associate membership CPA Australia

Prohibitions

AFX5006


AFX5920 - CPA corporate governance and accountability

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit is a compulsory segment in the CPA program. The unit deals with many of the issues surrounding governance and accountability by directors and management of organisations. It discusses 'best practices' in corporate governance and the association with corporate performance. Topics include: introduction to corporate governance and accountability -- the framework; the role and value of effective corporate governance; duties and responsibilities of directors and officers; impact of corporate governance on managing the company; corporate ethics; competition and compliance in trade practices; and international corporate governance models.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire knowledge of the role and value of effective corporate governance and international contemporary corporate governance practices
  • understand the role, duties, responsibilities and accountability of company directors and officers
  • develop an improved understanding of legal and ethical codes of conduct for company directors and officers
  • develop critical skills in analysing, communicating and presenting comprehensive case studies
  • develop an ability to work independently and to participate in group discussions with participants from diverse backgrounds.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Associate membership CPA Australia and AFX5900

Prohibitions

AFX5012


AFX5940 - CPA financial risk management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit is one of the elective segments offered in the CPA Program. Topics include the procurement of funds, the management of funds, the management of interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk, accounting for treasury operations and taxation aspects of treasury operations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of the nature, importance and the need to control financial risk faced by corporations and other business and government entities
  • acquire detailed working knowledge of the nature of the treasury function, including roles, responsibilities, organisation, performance measurement and accounting guidelines as they relate to the treasury function
  • analyse capital structure decisions, cost of capital, leverage effects and the allocation of capital to long-term investment projects
  • demonstrate an understanding of sources of short and long-term funding and the nature and function of derivative financial instruments within an organisation's risk management structure
  • apply the principles of risk management instruments and strategies to interest rate and currency hedging and procedures required for hedge accounting under Australian accounting standard AASB 139.

Assessment

Examination: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Associate membership CPA Australia

Prohibitions

AFX5004


AFX9004 - New venture finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit develops an understanding of planning; financing; investing and financial management aspects of new businesses. In addition, it introduces the participant to statutory reporting issues prescribed by regulators. New ventures have special financial characteristics requiring a different approach to financing. Managers need to understand the real enterprise value that is being created so as to provide the intended returns for the resources and risk involved. This unit will address the knowledge and basic skills required by leaders for the financial management of a science and technology business to support strategic management goals.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • evaluate and apply financial planning skills involved in making investment decisions including the use of tools such as Excel
  • understand the financial theories and processes involved in finance decisions and options
  • develop an understanding of the key entrepreneurial finance issues. This includes valuation of science and technology oriented start-ups and related financing processes and options
  • evaluate and discuss the interpretation of financial reports
  • compare and contrast the financial management processes necessary to efficiently and effectively manage a science and technology business without stifling innovation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

Two 3-hour classes per week for 6.5 weeks (39 hours); or in block-mode, 39 hours of classes during the semester

Prerequisites

GSB9004


AFX9500 - Introductory accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to accounting and an understanding of the preparation, presentation and interpretation of financial statements. In particular, emphasis is placed on accounting processes, practices and policies that enable the financial performance and financial position of an entity, as displayed by the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, to be measured, analysed and interpreted.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop skills in the analysis and recording of accounting transactions and events, and in the production of balance sheets, and statements of income, changes in owners equity and cash flows
  • explain the nature and purpose of accrual accounting adjustments
  • develop an understanding of good internal control systems (focusing on bank and cash) and the periodic and perpetual inventory recording systems
  • acquire relevant knowledge in order to apply techniques for the analysis and evaluation of a firms financial position and performance
  • develop an ability to work efficiently and independently by setting both weekly class work and an independent assignment.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

AFF9500, AFG9071


AFX9510 - Quantitative methods

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Introduction to the use of spread sheets; basic mathematics; descriptive statistics; elementary probability; discrete probability distributions; continuous probability distributions; hypothesis testing; forecasting and time series; regression and correlation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire an appropriate vocabulary and understanding of basic mathematical terminology
  • understand the use of statistics and quantitative methods, and interpret data to be more effective in business planning, forecasting and management
  • apply and integrate skills and knowledge acquired via the use of models, formulae, and examples drawn from various applications in Finance and Accounting.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


AFX9520 - Accounting information systems and financial modelling

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The objective of this unit is two-fold. Firstly, the unit provides students with a broad introduction to accounting information and the role technology plays in gathering, storing and managing accounting information. The unit provides an introduction to: enterprise systems; database management; documentation methods; internal controls; and how these apply in business processes found in organisations. Secondly, the unit focuses on effective design and auditing of spreadsheet models, the types and uses of models, and the benefits and limitations of models for use as decision support tools; various models are developed using an industry standard spreadsheet.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine the role of accounting information systems in analysing and providing decision support to the financial activities of a company
  • analyse the problems involved in the implementation of computerised accounting information systems and financial models
  • formulate computer-based financial models that may be used by management and decision makers
  • demonstrate a working facility with a spreadsheet software by building a number of typical financial models used for decision support in business.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

AFX9500

Prohibitions

AFF9521, AFX5310, AFX9521, GCO8019


AFX9530 - Financial accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

An overview of the Australian financial reporting and regulatory framework for reporting entities, including an analysis of the relevant significant accounting standards, benchmarking against the conceptual framework, professional reporting requirements and stock exchange requirements. Financial reporting for corporate groups (including the impact of control, joint control and significant influence) and selected issues in financial reporting are also explored and benchmarked against the conceptual framework.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • critically evaluate the requirements for general purpose financial reports (GPFRs) in the context of the Australian Conceptual Framework, including the role of the Corporations Act, the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission in the financial reporting process
  • to understand, apply and evaluate the rules for the preparation of financial statements required for GPFRs, including the respective roles of the Corporations Act, the AASB, ASIC and the Australian Stock Exchange
  • to understand, apply and evaluate the rules for reporting in an entity's GPFR on the entity's investment in other entities, in particular when that investment results in control (consolidation), joint control (equity accounting and direct recognition), or significant influence (equity accounting)
  • develop writing and presentation skills by requiring the submission of an individual assignments that apply an understanding for the Australian Conceptual Framework, and the detailed requirements of AASB standards, with particular emphasis on those dealing with the form and content of financial statements, the preparation of consolidated financial statements, and the financial reporting implications of income tax
  • develop an ability to work independently in the analysing of financial reporting issues and their possible resolution, with particular emphasis on the ability to apply prior knowledge and skills in new or novel contexts, through the preparation of weekly tutorial assignments and the submission of unit assignments.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

AFX9500

Prohibitions

AFF9601, AFX4601


AFX9540 - Business finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit covers corporate finance concepts and theories at an introductory level. Students will be expected to be able to master basic calculations involving share and bond valuations, NPV and IRR, company cost of capital, etc. and to use them in determining whether investment projects should proceed as well as the value of companies. They will also expected to be able to interpret the results and to discuss basic issues and theories appropriate to an introductory level unit.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate a basic understanding of the theory of business finance
  • be familiar with the practical aspects of capital budgeting and be competent in applying the fundamental principles of financial mathematics to investment decisions
  • be able to explain and have a basic understanding of portfolio theory and how it can be extended to pricing risky assets
  • know how to choose and compute an appropriate cost of capital estimate for investment appraisal purposes
  • have a basic understanding of the theory and issues involved in efficient markets, dividend policy and capital structure.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 80%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

AFX9510 is recommended

Prohibitions

AFF9250, AFF9641, AFG9044, AFX9641


AFX9550 - Management accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop a student's understanding of the concepts and techniques of management accounting, and his/her skills in the use of management accounting techniques to communicate decision-useful information to management. The unit content includes costing terminology, cost classification, cost accumulation and recording systems, job and process costing, activity-based costing, inventory costing, cost-volume-profit analysis, information for decision making, pricing and product mix decisions, budgets and budgetary control, standard costing and variance analysis, traditional measures of performance, contemporary approaches to measuring and managing performance, decentralisation and inter-divisional transfer pricing. Seminars, lectures and tutorials are used (as appropriate) to guide participants towards proficiency in management and cost accounting principles and techniques.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and describe management accounting principles, techniques applicable to a wide range of situations in both service and manufacturing industries, and recent developments in management accounting in relation to the provision of management information
  • describe and apply the operation of cost classification and recording systems, job costing and process costing techniques, standard costing techniques, perform variance analysis using flexible budgets, costing and pricing goods and services, and activity-based costing techniques
  • design budgets and explain the behavioural aspects of different budgeting styles
  • examine cost-volume-profit analyses, divisional performance evaluation measures and the role of inter-divisional transfer pricing
  • demonstrate the capacity to work productively in a team to research a relevant topic and demonstrate a high level of communication skills to write an academic paper.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 80%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

AFX9500

Prohibitions

AFF9611, AFG9072, AFX5611


AFX9560 - Advanced financial accounting

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include the standard-setting and regulatory framework in Australia; the various authoritative pronouncements and guidelines emerging from the conceptual framework; accounting for financial derivatives; accounting for foreign currency; intangible assets; jointly controlled ventures and the theoretical underpinnings of these topics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the constructed nature of accounting by studying, from a range of perspectives, the theoretical concepts upon which the practice of accounting is structured
  • identify the basic principles of accounting and the theoretical reasoning behind those principles
  • outline the broad objectives of accounting, and critically assess aspects of the conceptual framework that continue to be contentious
  • critically assess and appreciate changing influences in standard setting procedures; the compliance regime in capital markets and impacts of regulatory requirements on financial reporting entities
  • understand the relevant theoretical structure and handle practical accounting problems related to specific accounting contexts including foreign currency, financial derivatives, and intangible assets.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

AFX9530

Prohibitions

AFF9631, AFG9040, AFX5631


AFX9570 - Auditing and assurance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include nature and objectives of auditing; auditing standards; audit reporting; audit expectation gap and legal liability; professional ethics and quality control; audit evidence; audit planning, strategic business risk analysis, materiality, analytical review procedures and audit risk model; study and evaluation of internal control and model; assessing control risk CIS audit techniques, test of transactions and tests of balances, completing the audit and post audit responsibilities; internal auditing and performance auditing, other assurance services and current issues in auditing.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the role, limitations and demand for audits in modern corporate society including the auditor's professional, ethical and legal obligations
  • explain the auditor's role in corporate governance with particular emphasis on the detection and reporting of fraud and error
  • develop an understanding of the assurance framework and the key evidence gathering procedures used by auditors when planning, assessing the risks of material misstatements, carrying out substantive tests and analytical procedures, completing the audit, and forming an audit opinion
  • develop an ability to work independently and to lead and participate in teams from diverse cultural and social backgrounds by setting both independent and group assessable tasks
  • develop oral presentation skills by participation in tutorial discussions and through class presentations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination (3 hours): 65%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

AFX9530

Prohibitions

AFG9041, AFX5621


BEH4001 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH4002 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH4003 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH4004 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH5001 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH5002 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH5003 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH5004 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH9001 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH9002 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH9003 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEH9004 - Business and economics exchange unit

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the Faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


BEW4000 - Research methodology 1

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Ron Davison

Offered

Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

On completion of this subject students will be able to formulate a research proposal, develop hypotheses, identify appropriate research methodologies and prepare a research thesis. Topics include: the philosophy of qualitative/interpretive and quantitative research; qualitative/interpretive and quantitative research designs; quasi-experiments and experiments in the field; interview-based research designs; ethnography/participant observation and case study research design; documentation and observation research design; context/textual data analysis; ethical issues in research; research report writing.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%


BEW4010 - Research methodology 2

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Ron Davison

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An in-depth introduction to quantitative research methods. This subject is one of two that together supply the research methodology skills and knowledge necessary for students to complete an independent research project at the honours level. It provides a comprehensive coverage of quantitative research methodologies. Topics include: survey studies/correlational field studies; forms of regression; analysis of variances; discriminant analysis; factor analysis; non-parametric statistics.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Prohibitions

ETW2111, ETX2111, ETX2121


BEW4020 - Directed studies 1

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Under the guidance of an academic supervisor, this subject allows a student to independently gain in-depth discipline knowledge in a selected area of business and commerce as a foundation to the completion of an honours project. The student will complete a prescribed list of readings, undertake further independent literature studies, and complete other learning activities and assessments considered appropriate for the selected field of study.

Assessment

Assessment will be through a combination of assignments, examinations, and written reports appropriate to the selected area of study and associated activities.


BEW4030 - Directed studies 2

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Under the guidance of an academic supervisor, this subject allows a student to independently gain in-depth discipline knowledge in a selected area of business and commerce as a foundation to the completion of an honours research project. The student will complete a prescribed list of readings, undertake further independent literature studies, and complete other learning activities and assessments considered appropriate for the selected field of study.

Assessment

Assignments, examinations and written reports appropriate to the selected area of study and associated activities

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course 3169 to undertake this unit


BEW4100 - Research project and report

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)
Berwick Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students work under the guidance of a supervisor to plan, carry out, and report on an original research project that addresses a significant issues in business; this research project is likely to have substantial practical outcomes or implications; as well, it is hoped that students and supervisors will publish the work in an appropriate journal.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Prerequisites

BEW4000


BEW4500 - Bachelor of business and commerce honours

SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Berwick Full year 2009 (Day)
Berwick Second semester to First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Full year 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2009 (Day)
Peninsula Full year 2009 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester to First semester 2009 (Day)
South Africa Full year 2009 (Day)
South Africa Second semester to First semester 2009 (Day)


BEX5000 - Quantitative business research methods

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit considers the quantitative research methods used in studying business, management and organisational analysis. Topics to be covered include: research design including experimental designs studies; data collection including designing data collection instruments, sampling strategies and assessing the appropriateness of archival data for a research purpose; data analysis including graphical and numerical techniques for the exploration of large data sets; communication of quantitative research; and the use of statistical software packages such as SPSS in research.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire the necessary quantitative skills to conduct high quality independent research related to business administration
  • acquire a comprehensive grounding in a number of quantitative methods of data production and analysis
  • consider and evaluate data collection instruments, sampling strategies and the appropriateness of archival data for a research purpose
  • assess research design including experimental designs, observational studies, case studies, longitudinal analysis
and cross-sectional analysis
  • conduct quantitative data analysis of a suitable multivariate data set through a practical research activity.

Assessment

Within sememster assessement: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

BEX5010 and students must be enrolled in course 4408 Master of Philosophy before undertaking this unit.


BEX5010 - Quantitative business research methods

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an understanding of the issues underlying the conducting of rigorous and theoretically correct and practically relevant qualitative business related research. Students will be introduced to ways of using different research methods within qualitative research, such as case study research, interviewing, naturalistic observation and text analysis.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire the necessary skills to conduct high quality independent qualitative research related to business administration
  • acquire a comprehensive grounding in a number of qualitative research methods applicable in different business environments
  • understand how to collect qualitative data using a variety of research techniques
  • design probability and non-probability samples for conducting qualitative research
  • analyse and evaluate qualitative data.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

BEX5000 and Students must be enrolled in course code 4408 Master of Philosophy before undertaking this unit.


BTC4320 - Finance law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Janine Pascoe

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Aspects of the legal environment that affect financial decisions, transactions and relationships. Topics covered are chosen from the laws regulating the financing implications of different forms of business organisation; financial institutions and the financial institutions/customer relationship; cheques; electronic transactions; other negotiable instruments; the laws regulating business finance and security; consumer credit; guarantees and bankruptcy.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the banking and finance sector
  • analyse and apply the legal concepts underlying banking and financial transactions
  • analyse and apply the legal principles relating to the rights and obligations of those involved in banking and finance
  • have developed a legal perspective to assist in decision-making in areas involving banking and finance
  • to provide the legal background for the resolution of business problems involving banking and finance.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 25%
Examination (3.5 hours, open-book): 75%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BTC1110 or BTC2110 or equivalent and BTC2210 or BTC2213 or equivalent

Prohibitions

BTC3200


BTC4330 - Marketing law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Janine Pascoe

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The legal framework which operates in relation to marketing decisions and practice. The impact of common law, legislation and self-regulating codes of practice in the market place. Particular topics include intellectual property rights, product development and promotion, product safety and quality, the regulation of unfair and anti-competitive conduct, franchising and electronic marketing and the law.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and analyse the consumer protection laws and apply those laws to a range of marketing and advertising strategies
  • identify and analyse the laws protecting intellectual property and apply those laws to the development and marketing of new products and ideas
  • identify, analyse and apply the laws regulating a range of competition practices including pricing and distribution
  • Develop an ability to research and critically evaluate developments in marketing law.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Final examination (3.5 hours, open-book): 70%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BTC1110 or BTC2110 or equivalent

Prohibitions

BTC3300


BTC4335 - Business taxation and GST

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Tony van der Westhuysen

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Taxation of business income and abnormal receipts. Business tax reform including the Goods and Services Tax and Ralph Committee reforms. Tax planning issues on acquisition and disposal of a business. Remuneration planning, retirement and estate planning.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the taxation issues associated with specific regimes including the Alienation of Personal Services Income Regime, the Simplified Tax System and the PAYG Systems
  • analyse the tax frameworks that apply when conducting a business through Companies, Trusts Partnerships or Sole Proprietors
  • analyse business transactions in the context of the Goods and Services Tax
  • apply the appropriate taxation rules that govern purchases and sales of a business.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book): 70%

Prerequisites

BTC3150

Prohibitions

BTC3350


BTF4200 - Income and deductions

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides an analysis of the law relating to the concepts of income and deductions, with a focus on the development of common law principles.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse the nature and scope of the concepts of income at common law
  • explain the rights and entitlements of taxpayers to deductions
  • identify developments, statutory and judicial, pertaining to the notion of income
  • identify developments, statutory and judicial, pertaining to the entitlement of taxpayers to deductions
  • apply the manner and methods employed in the application of such principles to practical situations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment (optional): 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book/take-home): 70% or 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF5200


BTF4210 - Taxation of trusts and partnerships

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides a comprehensive and in-depth analysis of the legal principles that govern the taxation of trusts and partnerships and their application to specific commercial transactions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the manner in which the taxation system applies to trusts and partnerships
  • develop a sound knowledge of the statutory and case law as well as administrative rulings of the Australian Taxation Office that relate to the taxation of trusts and partnerships
  • apply the relevant principles to specific trust and partnership arrangements or transactions involving trusts and partnerships
  • conduct relevant research of possible new developments in the law relating to the taxation of trusts and partnerships.

Assessment

Within semester assessment (optional): 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book/take-home): 70% or 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF5210


BTF4220 - Taxation of companies and shareholders

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

An analysis of the law relating to the taxation of companies and shareholders, taxation of dividends, imputation, losses, debt and equity rules, consolidation of corporate groups, liquidations, capital reductions, share buy backs and international aspects of corporate taxation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and analyse taxation issues which arise in relation to companies and shareholders under the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth)
  • conduct research into, and give an informed view on the likely development of the law relating to, the taxation of companies and shareholders.

Assessment

Within semester assessment (optional): 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book/take-home): 70% or 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF5520


BTF4230 - Taxation of capital gains

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Topics include CGT assets, CGT events, calculation of net capital gains and losses, rollovers, application of the CGT regime to trusts, companies, shareholders, partnerships, and international aspects of the CGT regime.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to: understand the manner in which the taxation system brings into account gains of a capital nature; develop a sound knowledge of the statutory and case law as well as administrative rulings of the Australian Taxation Office that relate to the taxation of capital gains; apply the relevant principles to specific commercial transactions whether in the form of business or investment that general capital gains; and conduct relevant research of possible new developments in the law relating to the taxation of capital gains. More specifically, students would develop a sound understanding of the nature and operation of CGT events that operate subject to taxation capital gains, the manner in which capital gains are calculated and the availability of rollovers and other concessions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment (optional): 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book/take-home): 70% or 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF5230


BTF4240 - Workplace taxation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ken Devos

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed analysis of the taxation of employees and contractors in Australia. Topics include: employer/employee relationship; independent contractors, PAYG collection system; payroll tax and other levies, employee deductions; fringe benefits; superannuation, share schemes and remuneration planning.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the taxation implications of income received by employees and independent contractors in the workplace
  • describe the administrative aspects of the income tax system
  • explain the tax implications of superannuation and employee share schemes provided by employers
  • calculate the tax position of employees and independent contractors in the workplace who receive fringe benefits and other types of remuneration.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book/take-home): 70% or 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTF3931

Prohibitions

BTF5240


BTF4260 - Tax administration and policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit examines the assessment process and the legal avenues available to taxpayers to challenge an assessment. Within that continuum, this unit will examine the self-assessment process, ruling system, Commissioners' access powers, duties of confidentiality and disclosure, taxpayers' rights to information and the objection and appeal process.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop a sound knowledge and understanding of the statutory, case law and administrative rulings that relate to the administration of the Australian taxation system
  • conduct relevant research of possible new developments in the law relating to tax administration
  • examine the assessment process and the legal avenues available to taxpayers to challenge an assessment
  • examine the self-assessment system, ruling system (private and public), Commissioners' access powers, duties of confidentiality and disclosure, taxpayers rights to information and the objection and appeal process.

Assessment

Within semester assessment (optional): 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book/take-home): 70% or 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF5260


BTF4270 - Superannuation and retirement benefits

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides an analysis of the taxation and regulatory regime relating to superannuation and retirement benefits.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the superannuation system and regulatory regime in Australia
  • explain taxation of superannuation benefits upon contribution and distribution
  • identify planning issues and approaches to maximize superannuation and retirement benefits
  • identify and evaluate developments and proposals for reform
  • apply principles and methods.

Assessment

Within semester assessment (optional): 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book/take-home): 70% or 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF5270


BTF4280 - Taxation of international transactions

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit examines the operation of the general residence and source rules, double taxation agreements, thin capitalisation rules, controlled foreign companies, Foreign Investment Funds, transfer of trusts, and a range of exemptions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the manner in which the taxation system applies to cross border arrangements and transactions
  • develop a sound knowledge of the statutory and case law as well as administrative rulings of the Australian Taxation Office that relate to the taxation of international transactions and arrangements
  • apply the relevant principles to specific transactions and arrangements involving foreign nationals
  • conduct relevant research of possible new developments in the law relating to the taxation of international transactions
  • examine the operation of the general residence and source rules, double taxation agreements, thin capitalisation rules, controlled foreign companies and a range of exemptions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment (optional): 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book/take-home): 70% or 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF5280


BTF4290 - Business transactions taxes

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Tony van der Westhuysen

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed analysis of the various taxes that impact business transactions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are:

  • understand the constitutional and tax policy principles underlying business transactions taxes in Australia
  • develop a sound knowledge of the statutory and case law as well as administrative rulings of the Australian Taxation Office and State Revenue Office that relate to these taxes, particularly the Goods and Services Tax (GST)
  • apply the relevant principles to a range of specific business transactions involving liability for GST and other indirect taxes
  • conduct relevant research of possible new developments in the law relating to GST and other indirect taxes.

Assessment

Within semester assessment (optional): 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book/take-home): 70% or 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTF3931 or equivalent

Prohibitions

BTC3350, BTC4335, BTF5290


BTF4310 - Research project

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Under supervision, students are expected to undertake and report on an approved research project that addresses a contemporary and/or a significant issue in the field of taxation. Enrolment in BTF4310 Research project requires a student to submit a research proposal and have a supervisor appointed by the Course Director.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • conduct critical and analytical research at an advanced level in the field of taxation law
  • present findings in writing in a manner that is logical and coherent.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

12 hours per week private research and consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

Permission required


BTF5200 - Income and deductions

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides an analysis of the law relating to the concepts of income and deductions, with a focus on the development of common law principles

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse the nature and scope of the concepts of income at common law
  • explain the rights and entitlements of taxpayers to deductions
  • identify developments, statutory and judicial, pertaining to the entitlement of taxpayers to deductions
  • apply the manner and methods employed in the application of such principles to practical situations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF4200


BTF5210 - Taxation of trusts and partnerships

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides a comprehensive and in-depth analysis of the legal principles that govern the taxation of trusts and partnerships and their application to specific commercial transactions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse the nature and scope of the concepts of trusts and partnerships at general law and statute
  • explain the statutory framework for the taxation of trusts and partnerships
  • evaluate the anti-avoidance principles and rules designed to limit the use of trusts for tax minimisation purposes
  • identify developments, statutory and judicial, pertaining to the taxation of trusts and partnerships
  • apply the manner and methods employed in the application of such principles to practical situations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF4210


BTF5220 - Taxation of companies and shareholders

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

An analysis of the law relating to the taxation of companies and shareholders, taxation of dividends, imputation, losses, debt and equity rules, consolidation of corporate groups, liquidations, capital reductions, share buy backs and international aspects of corporate taxation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the nature and scope of the concept of corporation and corporate distributions at general law and statute
  • explain the statutory framework for the taxation of companies and shareholders and the imputation system
  • analyse the characterisation of interests in companies -- debt v equity
  • identify corporate liquidations and some anti avoidance principles and rules designed to deal with capital and dividend streaming and substitution
  • identify developments, statutory and judicial, pertaining to the taxation of companies and shareholders and the manner and methods employed in the application of such principles to practical situations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF4220


BTF5230 - Taxation of capital gains

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Topics include CGT assets, CGT events, calculation of net capital gains and losses, rollovers, application of the CGT regime to trusts, companies, shareholders, partnerships, and international aspects of the CGT regime.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the nature and scope of gains that are potentially subject to the capital gains tax regime
  • explain the statutory framework for the taxation of capital gains
  • explain the characterisation of gains as gains on revenue and capital account
  • analyse a wide range of CGT events and assets and the process of calculation of capital gains, international aspects of the regime, rollovers and the application of the regime to various entities like trusts and partnerships
  • identify developments, statutory and judicial, pertaining to the taxation of capital gains and the manner and methods employed in the application of such principles to practical situations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF4230


BTF5240 - Workplace Taxation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Ken Devos

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed analysis of the taxation of employees and contractors in Australia. Topics include: employer/employee relationship, independent contractors, PAYG collection system, payroll tax and other levies, employee deductions, fringe benefits, superannuation, share schemes and remuneration planning.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the taxation implications of income received by employees and independent contractors in the workplace
  • describe the administrative aspects of the income tax system
  • explain the tax implications of superannuation and employee share schemes provided by employers
  • calculate the tax position of employees and independent contractors in the workplace who receive fringe benefits and other types of remuneration.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF4240


BTF5250 - Business tax planning

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit examines the operation of anti-avoidance rules such as Part IVA, dividend and trust stripping rules, capital and dividend streaming rules and taxation issues that relate to and arise from business taxation planning including the use of various business entities and managing the timing and character of receipts and payment.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine tax planning principles and methods including uses of alternative business structures and managing receipts and payments
  • explain the concepts and principles (both statutory and common law) employed to deal with tax avoidance
  • explain the risks associated with the potential application of the general and specific anti avoidance rules.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651 or equivalent

Prohibitions

BTF4250


BTF5260 - Tax administration and policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit examines the assessment process and the legal avenues available to taxpayers to challenge an assessment. Within that continuum, this unit will examine the self-assessment process, ruling system, Commissioners' access powers, duties of confidentiality and disclosure, taxpayers' rights to information and the objection and appeal process.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the taxation administration system in Australia as it relates to income tax and GST
  • explain the rulings system including private and public
  • explain objection and appeal mechanisms provided by the system
  • identify judicial approaches to taxation administration and access powers
  • identify developments, statutory and judicial, pertaining to taxation administration.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF4260


BTF5270 - Superannuation and retirement benefits

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides an analysis of the taxation and regulatory regime relating to superannuation and retirement benefits.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the superannuation system and regulatory regime in Australia
  • explain taxation of superannuation benefits upon contribution and distribution
  • identify planning issues and approaches to maximise superannuation and retirement benefits
  • identify and evaluate developments and proposals for reform
  • apply principles and methods.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF4270


BTF5280 - Taxation of international transactions

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit examines the operation of the general residence and source rules, double taxation agreements, thin capitalisation rules, controlled foreign companies, Foreign Investment Funds, transfer of trusts and a range of exemptions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain concepts and principles employed to deal with international flow of funds
  • explain common law doctrines that govern the taxation of Australians and foreign nationals such as residence and source
  • analyse relevant anti avoidance rules designed to deal the uses and abuses of tax havens such as CFC, FIF and transferor trust rules
  • identify developments, statutory and judicial, pertaining to international taxation
  • apply principles and methods.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF4280


BTF5290 - GST and other indirect taxes

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Tony van der Westhuysen

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed analysis of the various taxes that impact business transactions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are:

  • understand the constitutional and tax policy principles underlying business transactions taxes in Australia
  • develop a sound knowledge of the statutory and case law as well as administrative rulings of the Australian Taxation Office and State Revenue Office that relate to these taxes, particularly the Goods and Services Tax (GST)
  • apply the relevant principles to a range of specific business transactions involving liability for GST and other indirect taxes
  • conduct relevant research of possible new developments in the law relating to GST and other indirect taxes.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week on-campus and/or intensive mode over summer (both 39 hours in total)

Prerequisites

BTX9651

Prohibitions

BTF4290, BTC4335, BTC3350


BTG9220 - Corporations law and trusts

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Ashraf Kazi

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Topics include the Corporations Law scheme; the role and functions of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission; the concept of limited liability; the effect of registration; the corporate constitution; the company's relationship with outsiders; share and loan capital; regulation of public fund raising; duties of directors, officers and promoters; rights of members and minority shareholder protection; forms of corporate insolvency administrations, particularly as they affect creditors, officers and shareholders; trusts, trustees, beneficiaries and third parties.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify the important elements in the internal regulation of companies and how they may be used
  • explain the nature of trusts, they way they operate and the rights and obligations of people involved in or dealing with trusts
  • analyse hypothetical case studies and formulate a legal argument by the application of statute and case law
  • critically evaluate the effectiveness of aspects of corporate law in the context of the changing needs of the community.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Prerequisites

BTG9270

Prohibitions

BTX9541


BTG9221 - Taxation law and practice

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Danny Khoury

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This subject provides an introduction to Australian taxation law and practice. Topics include: Australian tax jurisdictional issues, assessable income from personal exertion, property and business, capital gains tax and fringe benefits tax, exempt income, deductions, both general and specific, accounting for trading stock, taxation of partnership, company and trust income, GST and tax avoidance and evasion.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the constitutional and administrative framework in which the federal taxation system operates
  • describe fundamental tax concepts, such as the concepts of income, capital, deductible expenses, residence of the taxpayer, source of income and derivation of income
  • critically analyse the fundamental distinctions between
    1. receipts of income and capital and
    2. deductible and non deductible outgoings
  • describe the special treatment given to different types of taxpayers, such as companies, trusts, partnerships and non-residents
  • analyse (and apply) legislative provisions and court decisions relating to taxation matters.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (open-book): 70%

Prerequisites

BTG9270

Prohibitions

BTX9651


BTG9241 - Employment law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Anne O'Rourke

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Topics include introduction to the common law and legislation which controls the management of staff; instruction in the law affecting pre-contractual considerations for employment contracts, anti-discrimination law, selection, recruitment and termination of staff; workplace health and safety; industrial relations commissions and other legal fora, union relationships, industrial action; tortious liability of management; suspension and stand down.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • extend their knowledge and comprehension of the legal framework governing workplace relations in Australia
  • evaluate the principles underlying employment laws and assess the law's impact on the employment relationship
  • demonstrate a working knowledge of employment law issues through the application of legal principles to a range of hypothetical scenarios
  • identify and analyse current issues involving legal regulation of the workplace

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Prohibitions

BTX5060, BTX9060


BTG9243 - Finance law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Rhett Martin

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Aspects of the legal environment that affects financial decisions, transactions and relationships. Topics covered are chosen from the laws regulating the financing implications of different forms of business organisation; financial institutions; cheques, banking and the banker-customer relationship; electronic funds transfer; other negotiable instruments; the laws regulating business finances and security; consumer credit; guarantees; bankruptcy and insolvency law, and debt recovery.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine the core legal principles underlying the banker customer contract
  • discuss the legal nature and uses of cheques
  • define the legal issues in taking security for a loan with reference to mortgages and company charges
  • examine key aspects of corporate and personal insolvency and its consequences
  • evaluate and apply this knowledge to real world, practical examples.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%

Prohibitions

BTC4320, BTC3200


BTG9270 - Business law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Ashraf Kazi

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

An introduction to the legal environment of business. Topics selected from contract law, negligence law, partnership law and trade practices law.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine and describe the structure of the Australian legal system
  • identify, and examine the following topics: law of negligence, with particular emphasis on the law of negligent misstatement; relevant legislation such as the Trade Practices Act, Fair Trading Act and the Goods Act; the law of contract, with particular emphasis on the formation and contents of contracts, matters affecting the validity of a contract, and remedies for breach of contract; the law of agency and partnerships
  • develop effective problem solving skills, with particular emphasis on identifying and analysing legal issues; explaining and applying relevant legal rules, cases, legislation and principles to given factual situations
  • develop effective communication skills, with particular emphasis on the ability to articulate a sound argument
  • develop a capacity for critical thought and analysis.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Prohibitions

BTX9020, MBA9002


BTX4100 - Corporate environmental responsibility

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Wayne Gumley

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Considering the nature and extent of environmental problems facing business in a global and resource constrained economy, and how the legal system encourages a transition to ecologically sustainable development. Topics include common law environmental rights and responsibilities, the role of government regulation and the role of corporations with particular emphasis upon legal mechanism to promote corporate environmental responsibility.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and apply the various sources of environmental and planning law in Australia and to explain the role of relevant government agencies
  • analyse and explain the application of environmental laws to corporations carrying out a range of business and development activities
  • recommend and explain appropriate regulatory strategies to encourage corporate environmental responsibility in Australian and offshore business activities
  • analyse and explain emerging trends in environmental law.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX5100


BTX4900 - Research report

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Under supervision students are expected to undertake and report on an approved research project that addresses a significant issue in taxation or business law; this research proposal is likely to have substantial practical outcomes or implications; as well, it is hoped that students and supervisors will publish the work in an appropriate peer-refereed journal.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • submit a research proposal and have a supervisor appointed by the Course Director
  • undertake an approved research project
  • the project must address a contemporary and/or a significant issue in the field of taxation
  • where appropriate, undertake comparative research and provide a report on findings.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course BBus(Hons) (Taxation) to undertake this unit

Prohibitions

BTF4900


BTX5000 - Corporate governance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Phillip Lipton

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an appreciation of best corporate governance practices from a global perspective. It considers the reasons for the interest in corporate governance and compares and contrasts the various international corporate governance systems and best practice models; roles and functions of the board of directors, board committees and the board's relationship with management are explored from both a legal and management perspective; empirical studies of the relationship between corporate governance and corporate performance, and the role and legal duties of directors in takeover and insolvency contexts. Corporate governance issues in Asia are also analysed.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the theories upon which corporate governance models are based, including the legal, economics and management perspectives of these theories
  • evaluate the various international corporate governance systems and best practice models
  • define the roles and functions of the board of directors and the board's relationship with management, shareholders and other stakeholders
  • analyse the way in which corporate law, historical factors and economic institutions affect corporate governance
  • critically analyse various aspects of corporate governance best practice.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Open book examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hour class, block mode

Prohibitions

MGX5320


BTX5003 - CPA taxation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Ken Devos

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The unit looks at all major issues surrounding Australian taxation law, including principles of assessable income and allowable deductions; capital gains tax; capital expenditure allowances; fringe benefits tax; the taxation of individuals, companies, partnerships and trusts; the administration of the tax system and the goods and services tax. The unit is aimed at students who are completing the CPA professional program.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse and apply the appropriate taxation law for various income and capital receipts in given fact situations
  • analyse and apply the appropriate taxation law for both general and specific deductions in given fact situations
  • calculate the taxable value of various fringe benefits
  • apply relevant principles in the taxation of individuals, partnerships, trusts and companies
  • apply appropriate taxation law to transactions under the GST and Tax administration systems.

Assessment

Examination: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Associate membership CPA Australia


BTX5010 - Current issues in corporate law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Paul von Nessen

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with contemporary issues in corporate law in Australia and internationally and hence its content depends on the year in which it is offered. Essentially it will examine selected new areas of corporate law, contemporary issues and corporate law reform proposals.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • appreciate the theories upon which corporate law is based, including the legal, commercial and social contexts of these matters
  • demonstrate a sound knowledge of key legal issues that affect the operation of corporations and critically evaluate whether these promote appropriate use of the corporate form from a commercial and economic perspective
  • apply relevant statute and/or case law to analyse hypothetical case studies
  • identify and evaluate how current developments corporate law affects the rights of shareholders and the legal duties of directors
  • understand and evaluate how various law reform developments internationally will impact upon Australian corporate law and corporate governance best practice models to be applied in Australia.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (take-home): 40%.

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

BTX9541


BTX5020 - Intellectual property laws

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Paul Sugden

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit will examine the laws of intellectual property being copyright patents, trade marks, circuit layouts and plant breeders rights from the international treaties to the national implementation of these laws in Hong Kong, China, Australia, Malaysia, Singapore, European Union. The interrelation of the laws and the regions and their effects on the implementation of the remedies will also be effected.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and analyse theories and international treaties protecting intellectual property
  • compare and contrast the intellectual property protection between the countries examined in this course
  • identify and analyse the international harmonisation of legal protection of creativity, inventions, and biological material by intellectual property laws
  • analyse, evaluate and apply the intellectual property laws to a business and industry situation
  • critically evaluate a self-selected contemporary issue in intellectual property and write a research paper on that topic.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination 50%.

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX9120


BTX5030 - Comparative corporate law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Michelle Welsh

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Theoretical perspectives of corporate law and corporate regulation by an analysis of two or more jurisdictions chosen from Australia, Hong Kong, China, Singapore and Malaysia. Topics include the role and functions of the corporate regulator; concepts of limited liability and effects of the registration of a corporate entity; the role and duties of company directors; the role of the corporate regulator in the enforcement of those duties; the rights of shareholders; the regulation of public fundraising and forms of corporate insolvency administrations. This unit will provide a broad policy perspective on the issues studied, informed by their use of comprehensive comparative legal analysis.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify the scope and application of the corporate regulatory framework in Australia, Hong Kong and PRC
  • analyse the similarities and differences between the corporate regulatory framework in Australia, Hong Kong and PRC
  • analyse hypothetical case studies and formulate a legal argument by the application of statute and case law relevant to Australia, Hong Kong and PRC
  • critically evaluate the significance of relevant judicial precedent and statutory provisions in Australia, Hong Kong and PRC.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week or intensive mode

Prerequisites

BTX4541 or equivalent


BTX5031 - Insurance law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Wayne Gumley

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The subject is designed to develop an understanding of types of insurance with an emphasis on general insurance: formation of the insurance contract and the role played by the Insurance Contracts Act 1984; the concept and role of an insurable interest; the indemnity concept including the role of averaging clauses; misrepresentations and how it affects the insurance contract; the roles played by insurance brokers and agents and the role played by the Insurance (Agents and Brokers) Act 1984 (Cth); notification and proof of loss; measurement of loss; subrogation concepts; and resolution of disputes.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and apply the principles of insurance law associated with general insurance policies that are utilised in the corporate insurance programs, with particular focus upon the Insurance Contracts Act 1984 (Cth)
  • analyse and explain the regulatory framework for the insurance industry including the role of APRA and the Prudential Standards for General Insurance companies
  • analyse and explain the major legal issues associated with the operation of a corporate insurance program
  • critically evaluate leading insurance cases
  • recommend and explain appropriate reforms on at least one current issue of importance to corporate insurance programs.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

AFF9020

Prohibitions

BTX4031


BTX5040 - Legal aspects of corporate social responsibility

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Paula Darvas

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop knowledge and understanding of the concept of CSR from a legal perspective. Topics include the legal and regulatory environment of corporations, the concept and definition of stakeholders, the application of CSR to specific stakeholder cohorts including employees, creditors, tort victims, consumers and the environment, and the enforceability of stakeholder claims.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


BTX5050 - Asian business law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Alice de Jonge

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Trade and investment regimes affecting enterprises operating in the Asian region. International and regional trade conventions. Business and investment laws of selected Asian nations. Topics covered include national development planning; the political context of international trade and investment; import/export regulation; foreign investment regimes, corporate governance, prudential regulation in East Asia and dispute resolution.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define and describe the history and current operation of regional trade and investment agreements in Asia
  • describe and demonstrate an understanding of the historical, economic and political context of national legal systems in selected Asian jurisdictions (Malaysia, Indonesia, China and Hong Kong)
  • identify and describe the operation of the institutions responsible for the administration of commercial laws in selection Asian jurisdictions
  • have used accepted legal research methodology to examine in detail their choice from a number of specialised topics related to commercial law in one or more Asian jurisdictions
  • identify, analyse and propose possible resolutions to legal issues arising from the conduct of business activities in one or more selected Asian jurisdictions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (take-home): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


BTX5060 - The law of employment

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Christopher Arup

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop knowledge and skills, and an understanding of the relationship between the common law, statute law and awards and agreements. In this regard, the unit introduces students to the central tenets of the contract of employment including the formation of the contract, breach of contract and wrongful dismissal, confidentiality, restrictive covenants, employee/independent contractor issues and discrimination law.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify a wide range of legal issues affecting the employment relationship, with a particular focus on the contract of employment
  • illustrate the practical implications of employment law by identifying emerging issues in the media, the workplace and the case law
  • apply the legal principles from relevant cases to hypothetical scenarios
  • evaluate the principles underlying employment laws and assess the law's impact on the employment relationship.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX9060, BTG9241


BTX5070 - Labour relations law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Anthony Forsyth

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop knowledge and skills, and an understanding of the collective aspects of the employment relationship, with a focus on the federal jurisdiction. In this regard, the unit examines the development of Australian labour law and includes consideration of the constitutional framework, conciliation and arbitration, the changing nature of awards, the role of the Australian Industrial Relations Commission, enterprise bargaining, industrial disputes, termination of employment, freedom of association and the regulation of trade unions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify a wide range of legal concepts and issues affecting collective labour relations
  • apply the legal principles from relevant cases to hypothetical scenarios
  • assess the role and impact of the law on workplace relations
  • evaluate the competing aims and purposes of labour law.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX9070


BTX5080 - Workplace negotiations

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Anthony Forsyth

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Issues included in the unit are theories and concepts concerning bargaining and dispute resolution, including alternative dispute resolution; the legal framework within which workplace bargaining and dispute resolution take place; examination of relevant case studies and alternative dispute resolution mechanisms.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify the theoretical and conceptual underpinnings of various approaches to workplace negotiation, bargaining and dispute resolution
  • identify the various contexts in which workplace negotiation, bargaining and dispute resolution occur
  • assess the behavioural styles and other factors (eg: gender) that influence the ways that different parties engage in workplace negotiation, bargaining and dispute resolution
  • practically apply the relevant legal rules and bargaining techniques to hypothetical workplace negotiation, bargaining or dispute resolution scenarios.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

Intensive block mode

Prohibitions

MGX5080


BTX5090 - Good governance and accountability in non-profit and social enterprises

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Shelley Marshall

Offered

Caulfield Winter semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit examines the laws governing not for profit organisations including corporations law, Incorporated Associations Acts, tax law, trusts and the roles of various regulators. It also explores various techniques of good governance -- going beyond legal compliance -- including board procedure, reporting, stakeholder engagement and accountability.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • have a sound understanding of the existing regulatory framework for not for profit organisations, including associations, corporate, trust and tax laws, and how this framework both differs from and overlaps with business organisations
  • have a good understanding of the role and diversity of the not for profit sector in the Australian economy
  • have an appreciation of the unique governance challenges facing directors and managers of NFP organisations given the range of stakeholders and volunteers
  • have a good understanding of the regulatory challenges for this diverse sector, including the policy elements of a regulatory environment which might be conducive to an accountable and healthy not for profit sector
  • appreciate the variety of techniques of good governance -- going beyond legal compliance -- including board procedure, reporting, stakeholder engagement and accountability.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 20%
Take home examination: 80% or Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

Intensive, block unit, 39 hours

Prerequisites

BTX9020


BTX5100 - Corporate environmental responsibility

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Wayne Gumley

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Considering the nature and extent of environmental problems facing business in a global and resource constrained economy, and how the legal system encourages a transition to ecologically sustainable development. Topics include common law environmental rights and responsibilities, the role of the government regulation and the role of corporations with particular emphasis upon legal mechanisms to promote corporate environmental responsibility.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and apply the various sources of environmental and planning law in Australia and to explain the role of relevant government agencies
  • analyse and explain the application of environmental laws to corporations carrying out a range of business and development activities
  • recommend and explain appropriate regulatory strategies to encourage corporate environmental responsibility in Australian and offshore business activities
  • recommend and explain appropriate legal reforms to enhance corporate environmental responsibility and business sustainability in general

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX4100


BTX5121 - Information technology law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Paul Sugden

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This subject will address the legal issues that arise from the ease and manner in which information can now be transmitted and accessed by the Internet. The legal framework for the use of the Internet in business and commerce will be explored. Particular legal aspects to be studied will include contract law, intellectual property (including copyright law), privacy issues, criminal aspects and security concerns.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and analyse the international agreements establishing the Internet
  • analyse and apply the laws affecting Internet business transactions to a range of commercial situations
  • identify and analyse the legal risks and liabilities for business arising from the lack of geographical boundaries in the Internet
  • compare and contrast the forms of regulation used by governments to regulate conduct on the Internet
  • identify, analyse and apply the laws providing protection to the Internet itself as a computer program.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours, open-book): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

BTX9020

Prohibitions

BTC3640, BTF5121, BTW3641, BTF3641, LAW7213, BTC3644, BTC4364


BTX5130 - International law and policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Alice De Jonge

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The unit examines the principles of international law governing the legal relations between international states or other international legal persons. To this end a study will be made of the sources of international law and the relationship of international and municipal law. Specifically, the course will outline the principles relating to territory, personality, state responsibility, recognition, jurisdiction, air, space and sea law, dispute settlement and the law of treaties.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define and describe the distinctive nature of international law and some of its basic doctrines and subject areas
  • identify the sources of international law, and explain the principles which govern the use of those sources
  • describe the structures and institutions of international law, and be able to use the vocabulary of international law
  • analyse the increasing impact of international law on Australian domestic law, as well as on the domestic legal systems of other states
  • demonstrate a capacity to conduct research on, and to critically analyse, a specific aspect of public international law

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (take-home): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


BTX5131 - Advanced banking law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Rhett Martin

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include legal background to financial systems; banker and customer; payment systems; capacity and authority to borrow and grant security; lending on the security of land; lending on the security of goods; lending on the security of proceeds; invalidation of company securities; insolvency.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the main legal structures of the Australian banking system
  • critically analyse the main legal characteristics of cheques, bills of exchange and promissory notes and their uses
  • explain the law in respect to securities, including mortgages, company charges and guarantees
  • assess the modern Australian payment system with specific reference to electronic payments and credit cards
  • assess the modern regime for corporate and personal insolvency and its legal consequences.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX4001, BTX9380


BTX5150 - Competition and marketing law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Brendan Sweeney

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop an understanding of the legal and administrative framework governing the regulation of competition and consumer protection, including the operations of the Regulator. The unit also aims to develop an understanding of industrial property law (patents, copyright, designs and trade marks), particularly an ability to recognise and make the choices that confront commercial entities when implementing an effective industrial property policy. Finally, the unit aims to develop an understanding of the manner in which domestic regulation forms part of international regulation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify, analyse and apply the laws designed to protect consumers
  • identify and analyse the laws protecting intellectual property and apply those laws to the development and marketing of new products and ideas.
  • identify, analyse and apply the laws regulating a range of competition practices
  • work productively in a team to research and present a class paper that critically analyses a contemporary development in the are of competition or marketing law
  • critically evaluate a contemporary development in the area of competition or marketing law and write a research paper on the topic.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX9150


BTX5180 - Financial services regulation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Paul Latimer

Offered

Caulfield Winter semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

A study of some of the laws regulating securities and financial markets from the policy perspective of what they are trying to achieve. The unit opens with the economic, legal and constitutional framework. Topics include the role of the market regulator; what is a 'security'; aspects of securities regulation legislation; relevant trade practices law; licensing; computerisation; internationalisation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the purposes and scope of the regulation of financial markets
  • analyse the economic, legal and constitutional framework of financial services
  • critically evaluate the co-regulatory roles of ASIC and ASX
  • evaluate the impact of competition law, computerisation and internationalisation on the financial services sectors.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2.5 hours): 40%

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour session per week

Prohibitions

BTX4180


BTX5190 - International trade law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Alice De Jonge (Semester 1); Mr Toan Le (Semester 2)

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Prato Winter semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Topics include law of international trade, including rights and duties in international sales transactions; legal regimes governing contracts for carriage of goods internationally; distribution agreements; legal aspects of financing international trade; shipping documents, documentary collections and letter of credit; marine and aviation insurance; international dispute resolution.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the purpose and scope of the international legal framework in which trade between nations takes place
  • re able to recognise and understand the form and nature of documents used in international trade including contracts of sale, shipping documentation, invoices, insurance policies, bills of exchange, documentary collections and letters of credit
  • be able to identify and understand legal issues in an international trade context
  • be able to apply the laws relating to international contracts of sale, international carriage of goods and finance of international trade in a variety of situations
  • be able to write a coherent piece of advice discussing the legal issues arising in an international trade dispute.

Assessment

Within semester assessment 30%
Examination (3 hours) 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX9190, LAW7028, LAW7209


BTX5490 - Minor thesis

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow (Tax) and Mr Philip Lipton (Business Law)

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The minor thesis requires a student to undertake original research on an approved topic in the relevant field and to present that research in a paper of between 20,000 and 25,000 words in length. A topic has to be chosen in conjunction with the appointed supervisor from within the Department of Business Law and Taxation. The minor thesis is expected to be of sufficient standard and practical relevance so as to be suitable for publication in a peer-reviewed journal.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • formulate a thesis topic
  • define appropriate research questions
  • critically analyse relevant literature
  • substantiate the thesis
  • present a thesis of publication standard between 20,000 and 25,000 words.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

24 hours per week private research

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in the MTax or MBL programs

Prohibitions

BTF5320


BTX5601 - Retirement funds management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the management of retirement funds by boards of management
  • develop the capacity to analyse the fiduciary duties of trustees
  • explain the constraints of investments of retirement benefits
  • develop a comprehensive understanding of the operational issues of retirement funds including amendments to funds, dissolution, amalgamation and transfers.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


BTX5602 - Taxation of retirement funds

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the taxation of retirement funds
  • develop the capacity to analyse the tax implications on retirement benefits
  • apply and in-depth understanding of the taxation principles applicable to retirement funds
  • explain the constraints of taxation and investments of retirement funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

MGX5000, MGX5900


BTX5800 - Research project

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Orow

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Under supervision, students are expected to undertake and report on an original research project that addresses a significant issue (or issues) in business law or taxation; this research proposal is likely to have substantial practical outcomes or implication; as well, it is hoped that students and supervisors will publish the work in an appropriate peer-refereed journal.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • formulate a research topic
  • critically analyse relevant literature
  • substantiate the conclusions reached
  • present a research project of between 5,000 and 8,000 words.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Prerequisites

Permission required

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 3159 to undertake this unit

Prohibitions

BTF5800


BTX5801 - Final research project

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Phillip Lipton

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to formulate a research topic on a business law related area of study and complete an approximately 8,000 word research project. Seminars will be conducted at which students will present progress and final reports on their research projects. The seminars will also include practical research and academic skills sessions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • enable students to apply acquired analytical legal skills to a research project of their choice
  • acquire in depth knowledge and a critical interest in a business law area
  • demonstrate legal research and presentation skills and the ability to critically analyse legal issues have been acquired
  • develop and further build upon general legal research and academic skills
  • further build upon presentation skills, both verbal and written, involving the communication of abstract ideas.

Assessment

Research project (8,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Six 3-hour seminars

Prerequisites

It is recommended that this unit be undertaken in the last semester of study for the Master of Business Law.


BTX5841 - Human resources management law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Carolyn Sutherland

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop knowledge and skills relating to the legal principles which underpin contemporary human resource management issues. It includes consideration of such matters as recruitment and selection, contract of employment issues, performance appraisal, equal opportunity and anti-discrimination, termination of employment, remuneration, rewards and employee benefits, employee health and safety and related HRM issues. The unit takes a practical approach to these matters and focuses specifically on practical case studies and decisions of the Courts and Tribunals.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify a wide range of legal issues affecting the human resources practitioner
  • illustrate the practical implications of the law in the area of human resources management by identifying emerging issues in the media, the workplace and the case law
  • apply the legal principles from relevant cases to hypothetical scenarios involving human resources management issues
  • evaluate the principles underlying employment laws and assess the law's impact on the employment relationship.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (take-home): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX9841


BTX5900 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Philip Lipton

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Under supervision students are expected to undertake and report on an original research project that addresses a significant issue (or issues) in business law; this research proposal is likely to have substantial practical outcomes or implications; as well, it is hoped that students and supervisors will publish the work in an appropriate peer-refereed journal.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • formulate a research topic
  • define appropriate research questions
  • critically analyse relevant literature
  • substantiate the original conclusions reached
  • present a research project of between 12,000 and 15,000 words.

Assessment

Major research project (12,000 - 15,000): 100%

Contact hours

Private research

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course 3159 to undertake this unit

Prohibitions

BTF5900


BTX9020 - Business law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Andrew Coleman

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Prato Winter semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

An introduction to the legal environment of business. Topics selected from contract law, negligence law, agency, partnership law and trade practices law.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine and describe the structure of the Australian legal system
  • identify, and examine the following topics: law of negligence, with particular emphasis on the law of negligent misstatement; relevant legislation such as the Trade Practices Act, Fair Trading Act and the Goods Act; the law of contract, with particular emphasis on the formation and contents of contracts, matters affecting the validity of a contract, and remedies for breach of contract; the law of agency and partnerships
  • develop effective problem solving skills, with particular emphasis on identifying and analysing legal issues; explaining and applying relevant legal rules, cases, legislation and principles to given factual situations
  • develop effective communication skills, with particular emphasis on the ability to articulate a sound argument
  • develop a capacity for critical thought and analysis, in particular to critically evaluate a self-selected contemporary law reform proposal or current development in business law.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTG9270, MBA9002


BTX9060 - The law of employment

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Christopher Arup

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop knowledge and skills, and an understanding of the relationship between the common law, statute law and awards and agreements. In this regard, the unit introduces students to the central tenets of the contract of employment including the formation of the contract, breach of contract and wrongful dismissal, confidentiality, restrictive covenants, employee/independent contractor issues and discrimination law.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify a wide range of legal issues affecting the employment relationship, with a particular focus on the contract of employment
  • illustrate the practical implications of employment law by identifying emerging issues in the media, the workplace and the case law
  • apply the legal principles from relevant cases to hypothetical scenarios
and
  • evaluate the principles underlying employment laws and assess the law's impact on the employment relationship.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (take-home): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTG9241, BTX5060


BTX9070 - Labour relations law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Anthony Forsyth

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop knowledge and skills, and an understanding of the collective aspects of the employment relationship, with a focus on the federal jurisdiction. In this regard, the unit examines the development of Australian labour law and includes consideration of the constitutional framework, conciliation and arbitration, the changing nature of awards, the role of the Australian Industrial Relations Commission, enterprise bargaining, industrial disputes, termination of employment, freedom of association and the regulation of trade unions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify a wide range of legal concepts and issues affecting collective labour relations
  • apply the legal principles from relevant cases to hypothetical scenarios
  • assess the role and impact of the law on workplace relations
  • evaluate the competing aims and purposes of labour law.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (take-home): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX5070


BTX9120 - Intellectual property laws

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Paul Sugden

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit will examine the laws of intellectual property being copyright patents, trade marks, circuit layouts and plant breeders rights from the international treaties to the national implementation of these laws in Hong Kong, China, Australia, Malaysia, Singapore, European Union. The interrelation of the laws and the regions and their effects on the implementation of the remedies will also be effected.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and analyse theories and international treaties protecting intellectual property
  • compare and contrast the intellectual property protection between the countries examined in this course
  • identify and analyse the international harmonisation of legal protection of creativity, inventions, and biological material by intellectual property laws
  • analyse, evaluate and apply the intellectual property laws to a business and industry situation
  • critically evaluate a self-selected contemporary issue in intellectual property and write a research paper on that topic.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 25%
Examination (3 hours, open-book): 75%

Contact hours

One 3-hour class per week for a semester. 39 hours of classes in intensive block-mode.


BTX9190 - International trade law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Alice De Jonge (Semester 1); Mr Toan Le (Semester 2)

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
Prato Winter semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Topics include law of international trade, including rights and duties in international sales transactions; legal regimes governing contracts for carriage of goods internationally; distribution agreements; legal aspects of financing international trade; shipping documents, documentary collections and letters of credit; marine and aviation insurance; international dispute resolution.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the purpose and scope of the international legal framework in which trade between nations takes place
  • recognise and understand the form and nature of documents used in international trade including contracts of sale, shipping documentation, invoices, insurance policies, bills of exchange, documentary collections and letters of credit
  • identify and understand legal issues in an international trade context
  • apply the laws relating to international contracts of sale, international carriage of goods and finance of international trade in a variety of situations
  • write a coherent piece of advice discussing the legal issues arising in an international trade dispute.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3.5 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX5190, LAW7028, LAW7209


BTX9380 - Banking law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Rhett Martin

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include legal environment of the Australian financial system; banker-customer relationship; liability for advice; the impact of the Trade Practices Act; negotiable instruments; letters of credit; standby credits; guarantees; electronic banking; Bankers' Codes of Conduct; Banking Ombudsman; Privacy; securities.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the main legal structures of the Australian banking system
  • critically analyse the main legal characteristics of cheques, bills of exchange and promissory notes and their uses
  • explain the law in respect to securities, including mortgages, company charges and guarantees
  • assess the modern Australian payment system with specific reference to electronic payments and credit cards
  • assess the modern regime for corporate and personal insolvency and its legal consequences.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX4001, BTX5131


BTX9500 - Business and corporations law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Phillip Lipton

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Prato Winter semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the important areas of business law and corporations law. The topics include contract law, negligence, trade practices legislation, agency, characteristics of a company, directors' duties, share capital, members' remedies and corporate insolvency.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify the important elements in business law and the regulation of companies and how they may be applied
  • understand the important features and characteristics of companies as a form of business organisation
  • analyse hypothetical case studies and formulate a legal argument by the application of statute and case law
  • develop critical research skills
  • critically evaluate the effectiveness of aspects of business law and corporate law in the context of the changing needs of the community.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 0790 or 0826

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses: 0748, 0790, 0826, 3843, 3849, 4402 to undertake this unit.

Prohibitions

BTX9020, BTX9541, MBA9002


BTX9541 - Corporations law and trusts

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Michelle Welsh (Semester 1); Mr Phillip Lipton (Semester 2)

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include the Corporations Act scheme; the role and functions of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission; the concept of limited liability; the effect of registration; the corporate constitution; the company's relationship with outsiders; share capital; regulation of public fund raising; duties of directors, officers and promoters; rights of members and minority shareholder protection; forms of corporate insolvency administrations, particularly as they affect creditors, officers and shareholders; trusts, trustees, beneficiaries and third parties.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify the important elements in the regulation of companies and how they may be used
  • analyse hypothetical case studies and formulate a legal argument by the application of statute and case law
  • critically evaluate the effectiveness of aspects of corporate law in the context of the changing needs of the community.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination: 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

BTX9020 or MBA9002, or equivalent

Prohibitions

BTG9220


BTX9601 - General principles of retirement funds

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop and understanding of the South African retirement funds industry
  • develop the capacity to analyse reasons why employers would want to set up retirement funds
  • describe the determination of death benefits
  • explain the function and features of investments of retirement funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week.


BTX9602 - Legal framework of retirement funds

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop the ability to analyse the legal constraints on the determination of death benefits
  • developed an understanding of the legal framework governing retirement benefits payable by retirement funds
  • explain the legal functions and feature of administrators of retirement funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


BTX9603 - Retirement funds administration

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop the capacity to analyse obligations of employers in respect of contributions to retirement funds and the statutory administration obligations
  • develop the ability to describe and explain the functions of the consultants, administrators, trustees, principle officers, actuaries and the Registrar of the FSB in respect of administration of retirement funds
  • evaluate the difference between defined benefits and defined contribution schemes and the administration practices.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


BTX9604 - Retirement funds benefits

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the retirement benefits payable by retirement funds
  • develop the understanding of and be able to explain disability benefit
  • develop an understanding of how the legal system differentiates benefits between pension and provident funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


BTX9605 - Retirement funds governance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop the capacity to analyse obligations of employers in respect of contributions to retirement funds and governance
  • have the ability to describe the determination of death benefits and trustees discretionary powers
  • explain the function and features of governance and administration of retirement funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


BTX9651 - Taxation law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mrs Mei-Ling Barkoczy

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Topics include GST income and exempt income; allowable deductions; special classes of taxpayers including trusts, partnerships and companies; objections and appeals; capital gains tax; fringe benefits tax; superannuation; eligible termination payments; tax collection; tax avoidance.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and explain the constitutional and administrative framework within which the federal taxation system operates
  • calculate income tax and goods and services tax liabilities
  • identify and analyse fundamental tax concepts such as the distinction between income and capital
  • apply legislative provisions and judicial principles to practical taxation problems and provide supporting evaluations through the application of statutory and case law principles.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours, open-book): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

BTX9020 or BTX9500 or MBA9002

Prohibitions

BTG9270


BTX9760 - Risk control and the law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Wayne Gumley

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Weekend On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit considers the nature of legal risk and their importance in modern business operations, with particular consideration of the common law and statutory obligations faced by employers, corporate directors and business managers, particularly with respect to occupational health and safety risks, corporate governance and environmental obligations and including consideration of litigation and other formal procedures for dispute resolution.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify the major sources of legal risk faced by business managers
  • identify and apply the various legal principles that may impose liability upon business owners and managers, across a range of areas that may include: the law of business entities, contract and tort, workplace law, banking and lending law, directors duties, environmental law and corporate social responsibility
  • recommend and explain appropriate strategies to minimise the legal risks identified above.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours, open-book): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTF9760


BTX9841 - Human resources management law

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Carolyn Sutherland

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop knowledge and skills relating to the legal principles which underpin contemporary human resource management issues. It includes consideration of such matters as recruitment and selection, contract of employment issues, performance appraisal, equal opportunity and anti-discrimination, termination of employment, remuneration, rewards and employee benefits, employee health and safety and related HRM issues. The unit takes a practical approach to these matters and focuses specifically on practical case studies and decisions of the Courts and Tribunals.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify a wide range of legal issues affecting the human resources practitioner
  • illustrate the practical implications of the law in the area of human resources management by identifying emerging issues in the media, the workplace and the case law
  • apply the legal principles from relevant cases to hypothetical scenarios involving human resources management issues
  • evaluate the principles underlying employment laws and assess the law's impact on the employment relationship.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (take-home): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BTX5841


DBA6000 - Quantitative business research methods

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Rob Hyndman

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire the necessary quantitative skills to conduct high quality independent research related to business administration
  • acquire a comprehensive grounding in a number of quantitative methods of data production and analysis
  • consider and evaluate data collection instruments, sampling strategies and the appropriateness of archival data for a research purpose
  • assess research design including experimental designs, observational studies, case studies, longitudinal analysis and cross-sectional analysis
  • conduct quantitative data analysis of a suitable multivariate data set through a practical research activity.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3186 to undertake this unit.


DBA6004 - Directed reading 4

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3186 to undertake this unit.


DBA6005 - Research project 1

SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • review and evaluate critically the literature in a candidate's domain of research in business administration, OR
  • research a topic chosen by the candidate and supervisor, AND
  • submit a report on the candidate's research.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3186 to undertake this unit.


DBA6006 - Research project 2

SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop, design and implement a research methodology to conduct a research study
  • analyse and evaluate data or information collected using the methodology
  • explore the implications of the study for theory and practice, OR
  • research a topic chosen by the candidate and supervisor, AND
  • submit a report on the candidate's research.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3186 to undertake this unit.


DBA6007 - DBA seminar

SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • interact in a semi-structured environment in order to test research ideas through seminar presentations on a candidate's research proposal and progress
  • contribute to the development and improvement of co-candidates' research phases through interactive class discussions.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3186 to undertake this unit.


DBA6008 - Current issues in business

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Leah Kaye

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit looks at a number of current issues in business, in order to provide a broader perspective than might be achieved by narrow specialisation in either particular units or research reports. Current issues have been selected for their topicality, appropriateness and mix of theory and practice.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explore in-depth current issues in business administration
  • consider how current issues contribute to competitive advantage
  • engage in the debate over issues which are often intractable and determine how these affect business now or in the future
  • examine the literature in-depth to assist in better understanding management roles.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%


DBA6009 - Research report

SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • carry out independent research critically and analytically at an advanced level
  • present a candidate's research in the form of a research portfolio capable of being examined externally
  • make a significant contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the discipline.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3186 to undertake this unit.


DBA6010 - Qualitative business research methods

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Charmine Hartel

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire an advanced understanding of a wide range of qualitative research methods applicable in different business environments
  • collect qualitative data using a variety of research techniques
  • design probability and non-probability samples for conducting qualitative research
  • analyse and evaluate qualitative data
  • design research proposals that are business useful, relevant, practical and integrated with the business environment.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3186 to undertake this unit.


ECC4364 - Economics of climate change

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Peter Forsyth

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit gives students an understanding of the economic dimensions of climate change. It does this by examining how climate change directly will impact on economies, and by examining how climate change mitigation policies, such as emissions trading schemes will impact on economies. It discusses and evaluates Australia's approaches to climate change mitigation. Finally, the subject explores the problems in securing international agreement for action to address climate change.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • provide students with an understanding of the possible impacts of climate change on economies
  • analyse the economic costs of climate change, and how industries can adapt to climate change at minimum cost
  • provide students with an understanding of how economic instruments such as carbon taxes and emissions trading schemes can mitigate climate change
  • analyse how key industries such as electricity and transport can respond to climate
change policies and lessen emissions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (2 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC1000

Co-requisites

ECC1100


ECC4365 - Applied general equilibrium economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Mark Picton

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The theory and applications of applied general equilibrium modelling. Introduction to associated issues in data compilation and computing. The study uses elementary calculus and matrix algebra.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 80%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lecture/tutorials per week

Prerequisites

ECC2000 and ECC2010 or equivalent; or permission

Prohibitions

ECC3650


ECC4366 - Monetary economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Larry Cook

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Economics of financial assets, markets, intermediaries, regulation and innovation; money aggregates; behaviour of interest rates; loan funds analysis; risk and term structure of interest rates; adverse selection and moral hazard; independence of central banks; determinants of the money supply and the conduct of monetary policy in Australia; theories of money demand; money supply and economic activity; Keynesian-monetarist debate; transmission mechanisms of monetary policy; money and inflation; monetary implications of budget deficits; volatility in foreign exchange markets; the international financial system; capital controls; role of the IMF; international monetary policy strategy.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 25%
Examination (2 hours): 75%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lecture/tutorials per week

Prerequisites

ECC2000 and ECC2010 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ECC3660


ECC4367 - Economics of developing countries

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Pushkar Maitra

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides an analytical framework for studying economic problems of developing countries. We will examine how standard economic theories apply in the presence of market failures and weak formal institutions that characterise developing countries. The key focus is on general problems facing developing countries rather than any specific country or region. It examines specific issues and policy problems that are currently faced by developing nations, including issues such as inequality, poverty, population growth, rural-urban migration, human capital accumulation, gender bias, markets in developing countries, credit constraints and risk and insurance.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (2 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC2000

Prohibitions

ECC3670


ECC4369 - International economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Daniel Mulino

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Investigation of economic interaction between countries in the context of international exchanges of commodities and assets. Topics include the balance of payments, nominal and real exchange rate determination, international capital movements, foreign debt, structural reform and adjustment policies in the open economy, the gains from international trade, inter-industry trade, tariff policies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination (2 hours): 80%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC2000 and ECC2010 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ECC3690


ECC4371 - Labour economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Dyuti Banerjee

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Contrasting theoretical models of the labour market, with emphasis on the neo-classical model, wage efficiency model and internal labour markets; analysis of the role of trade unions in the labour market; theory of discrimination in the labour market; contrasting theoretical views of the Phillips curve; application of this analysis to a discussion of issues with an emphasis on contemporary issues such as labour market flexibility, discrimination and unemployment.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination (2 hours): 65%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0181, 0024 or 0171to undertake this unit

Prohibitions

ECC3710


ECC4380 - History of economic thought

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Michael White

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The work of Richard Cantillon, David Hume, Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Thomas Malthus and Karl Marx with special reference to the economics of value, distribution and accumulation. The work of W S Jevons, Alfred Marshall and J M Keynes with special reference to economic policies proposed by those writers.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Any two second-year economics units

Prohibitions

ECC3800


ECC4381 - Public finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Matthew Dobra

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The relationship between the public and private sectors is explored from the perspective of both public finance and political economy. Theories of public expenditure and revenue generation are introduced to assess the proper scope of the public sector. Additionally, theories of public choice are presented to examine the effectiveness and decision-making process of the public sector.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC2000

Prohibitions

ECC3810


ECC4383 - Competition and regulation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Peter Forsyth

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Economic policy as it affects business, particularly in relation to its dealings with consumers, and with emphasis on Australian industry and regulation; analysis of policies with respect to prices, monopolies, oligopolies and mergers, exclusive dealing, consumer protection and licensing, corporatisation, privatisation and deregulation; criteria for efficient industry and efficient industry policy; methods for the practical analysis of the performance of industries.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (2 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC1000 and ECC1100

Prohibitions

ECC3830


ECC4384 - Mathematical economics

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Christis Tombazos

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The unit will cover, in mathematical terms, many of the areas treated more intuitively in first-year microeconomics, eg: consumer demand, the theory of the firm, equilibrium and Pareto optimum. However, a significant portion of the lectures will deal with topics not covered earlier, such as non-linear programming, game theory, and dynamic optimisation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC2000 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ECC3840


ECC4650 - Microeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Christis Tombazos

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Topics include consumer preference theory; choice; demand; technology; profit maximisation and duality; competitive general equilibrium in the context of decreasing, increasing and constant returns; two-part tariffs; expected utility; adverse selection; and moral hazard.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECX5465


ECC4660 - Macroeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Steph Miller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Contemporary macroeconomics and recent policy debates, including market clearing and long-run equilibrium; classical dichotomy; money in the global economy; aggregate demand and price rigidity, microfoundations of macroeconomics, disequilibrium models; stock-flow interactions; wealth effects; rational expectations; policy ineffectiveness and Ricardian equivalence; money and credit; exchange rate regimes; new Keynesian macroeconomics; comovements of macro variables and macroeconomic forecasting.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECX5466


ECC4670 - Economic development

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Pushkar Maitra

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Characteristics and experience of developing countries; theories of economic growth and development; domestic and external sources of financial and human resources for development; the roles of international trade, investment, technology manufacturing and government in the development process.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC3670


ECC4690 - International trade

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Christis Tombazos

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Topics include the gains and costs of trading internationally; static and dynamic welfare effects of protection; the political economy of international trade policy; optimum policies in the presence of market power, uncertainty, and other market imperfections; trade policy instruments; strategies for trade liberalisation including regional trade agreements.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC4650 and ECC3690


ECC4700 - Competition, regulation and policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Peter Forsyth

Offered

Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus Evening)

Synopsis

Outline of the Australian and overseas approaches to competition policy; the economic background to the Trade Practices Act; market definition issues; evaluation of restrictive trade practices and mergers or alliances; structural reform of industries, access and monopoly regulation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECX5470


ECC4710 - Post-Keynesian economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Mike White

Offered

Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Topics include Keynes' aggregate demand and supply analysis and critique of automatic adjustment in the economy; the significance of an endogenous money supply for inflation; credit, speculation and financial instability; the national saving debate; investment and income distribution; the Phillips Curve and hysteresis.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


ECC4720 - Law and economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Russell Smyth

Offered

Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The unit applies the method of economics to the analysis of the law itself - to the structure of the common law, legal processes, legal institutions and statutory regulation, and to the impact of law on the behaviour of individuals and groups and the functioning of the economy. Topics include: is there a role for law and economics in studying the law, economics of crime and capital punishment, punitive damages, interest group theories of judicial independence and the determinants of judicial influence and prestige.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 0181, 0024 or 0171 to undertake this unit

Prohibitions

ECX5472


ECC4750 - Financial economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Steph Miller

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Theories of hedging and speculation; determination of spot and futures prices, and intertemporal allocation; market efficiency; expectations, including adaptive expectations and rational expectations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC4650 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ECX5475


ECC4790 - Project evaluation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Peter Forsyth

Offered

Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Topics include development and application of microeconomic theory for the economic evaluation of (public) sector investment projects and policies; investment analysis and criteria, discounting techniques; Pareto potential improvement criterion, shadow pricing, social discount rates, distribution issues, secondary benefits, risk and uncertainty, cost-effectiveness.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC4650 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ECX5479


ECC4810 - Public economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Birendra Rai

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Models of decision making in the collective setting, utilising a number of tools, some of which will be familiar microeconomic ones. Economic approaches to collective decision environments, including 'new welfare economics', the 'Chicago' and 'Virginia' schools. Whenever possible, Australian policies will be examined in light of theory.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC3810


ECC4830 - Welfare economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Yew-Kwang Ng

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

A study of theories in welfare economics, including conditions for Pareto optimality, welfare criteria, social choice, consumer surpluses, second versus third best, externalities and public goods as well as problems of applying these theories to such areas as public utility pricing, optimal taxation, road congestion, environmental protection, and public spending.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


ECC4840 - Industrial organisation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Dyuti Banerjee

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Theories of the firm, contract, property rights structure, market structure, hierarchy, bargaining, principal-agent relationship, research and development, advertising, and entry, exit, and pricing strategy. The equilibrium implications of the internal organisation of a firm and the organisational structure of the market in relation to strategic interactions between agents, information problems and related incentive mechanisms. Basic game theory and concepts of game equilibrium applied to the analysis of opportunistic behaviour and related transactions costs.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC2830

Prohibitions

ECC5484


ECC4860 - Applied economics research paper

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor He-Ling Shi

Offered

Clayton Full year 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) Full year 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Australia (Other) Second semester to First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Topics for seminar presentation are selected in consultation with the coordinator. A list of possible topics will be distributed but students are encouraged to propose subjects of interest to them, based in their own discipline. Students present one paper, act as formal discussant on another, and are expected to engage in discussion of others.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

One 1.5-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Admission to fourth year honours, Graduate Diploma in Economics or preliminary masters in the Departments of Economics, Econometrics or Accounting and Finance


ECC4870 - Health economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Jeff Richardson and Ms Jenny Watts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

A survey of theoretical issues in the economics of health systems and the major health policy issues confronting Australia. Emphasis is given to theories which differ from economic orthodoxy. Topics include market characteristics; market failure and regulation; equity and issues of social justice; demand analysis and human capital; the production of health and health care; theories of price formation; hospital models and hospital payment; optimal health insurance; and alternatives to Medicare.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


ECC4990 - Economic evaluation of health services

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Anthony Harris

Offered

Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Principles and techniques used in the economic evaluation of health services. Topics include effectiveness, efficiency and economic evaluation; cost benefit analysis; cost effectiveness and cost utility analysis; multi-attribute utility analysis; measuring utility; psychometric measurement theory; ethical issues in resource allocation; decision criteria; time discounting; costing.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC4650


ECC5650 - Microeconomic theory

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Simon Angus

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Neoclassical theories of demand, supply, and equilibrium at a level that permits rigorous analysis. Introduction to game theory. Topics include the existence theorem of utility functions, properties of demand and supply functions, existence and Pareto optimality of competitive equilibrium, and various equilibrium concepts of non-cooperative games.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • deepen understanding of microeconomic analysis acquired during undergraduate training
  • undertake rigorous analysis of microeconomic issues, including the determinants of relative prices and their effects on resource allocation
  • learn some more advanced analyses going beyond the traditional model and taking account of some real-world complications
  • acquire proficiency in handling optimisation problems and have a basic understanding of general equilibrium analysis.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3194 to undertake this unit


ECC5660 - Macroeconomic theory

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Ratbek Dzhumashev

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Underpinnings of modern macroeconomics basic to models of growth and cyclical fluctuations as well as models of monetary and fiscal policies. Topics include neoclassical and endogenous growth theories; overlapping generations models with and without money; policy ineffectiveness issues; equilibrium business cycle as well as traditional Keynesian models of fluctuations; and models of incomplete nominal adjustment such as those of New-Keynesian and the Lucas-Supply variety.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the basic theoretical structures common to modern dynamic macroeconomics. In particular, critical analysis of the economic reasons underlying the formation of policy and movements of various macro-aggregates
  • understand the key determinants affecting economic growth and fluctuations
  • enhance understanding of the basic theoretical approaches employed in specialist fields such as international economics, economic development/growth, applied general equilibrium and financial economics.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3194 to undertake this unit


ECC5690 - Theories in international and development economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Ranjan Ray

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Evaluation of the neoclassical trade model and its extensions; foreign direct investment, capital flows and technology transfer; alternative explanations of comparative advantage including increasing returns and imperfect competition; geography and trade; new growth models; micro- and macroeconomic reform, structural change and factor mobility; institutions, transaction costs and rent seeking; theories of the state; the political economy of liberalisation and stabilisation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • gain an understanding of advanced theories in the areas of international and development economics
  • identify the linkages between the two major areas of open economy analysis
  • formulate policies on the basis of sound theoretical foundations and, correspondingly, to evaluate policy proposals
  • acquire the skills necessary to assess critically new theoretical developments in this area.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC4690 or ECC4670


ECC5710 - Health industry-based learning

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Anthony Harris

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will be required to spend a minimum of ten working weeks in an approved organisation to undertake a period of industry-based learning. This project must be approved by the course coordinator. The employer will provide students with a practical project designed to reinforce principles taught during the coursework component of the Postgraduate Diploma. Working in a relevant setting accelerates learning, encourages understanding and gives practical breadth to theoretical concepts. The subject coordinator will normally liaise with the nominated supervisor at the place of work during the period of assignment and discuss progress with student, employer and local supervisor.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • provide some basic research training and an introduction to applied research in the field of health economics
  • allow application of principles taught in the unit to policy and research questions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

10-week practicum

Prerequisites

Students must have satisfactorily completed seven units in 0967 to undertake this unit


ECC5730 - Advanced applied general equilibrium analysis

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor John Madden

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit is a sequel to ECC3650. Students continue to develop essential AGE modelling skills in areas of theory, data, computing and application. Whereas the emphasis in ECC3650 is on comparative static analysis, this subject deals with dynamics, including the specification of capital accumulation and technological change. Forecasting applications of AGE models are emphasised.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • have an advanced understanding of all aspects of applied general equilibrium economics
  • be able to build and to use AGE-models in the preparation for postgraduate research projects
  • be able to implement AGE-modelling techniques as professional economists.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 80%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC3650


ECC5800 - Economics seminar

SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Ranjan Ray

Offered

Clayton Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This graduate seminar unit is compulsory for PhD candidates and Master of Economics candidates in the Department of Economics. It is a non-weighted unit and is taken in addition to any prescribed coursework. Students will be assessed on the basis of attendance, participation and presentation. PhD candidates are required to present two seminars, Master of Economics candidates are expected to present one seminar. Seminar presentations must be made prior to submission of a candidate's research paper or thesis.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • extend advanced knowledge of the breadth of economics beyond area of specialisation
  • develop skills for consolidation and dissemination of research findings
  • develop oral and presentational skills required for effective presentations of research findings to peer audiences
  • refine debating skills in professional peer settings.


ECC5810 - Public economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Birendra Rai

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Topics in the theory of public goods including optimum conditions analysis; market failure and problems of political decision-making in relation to the supply of pure and impure public goods; separation of equity and efficiency aspects; possible applications to such issues as income redistribution, merit wants, pollution control and multi-level government.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • be familiar with the welfare framework, economic concepts and theoretical economic analysis of public goods at an advanced level
  • be familiar with advanced economic analysis of political decision-making in the public choice literature
  • have a sophisticated understanding of the implications of public goods analysis for government policy in major areas of public expenditure
  • have a sophisticated appreciation of the limitations and deficiencies of theoretical and empirical economic analysis in this general area.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3194 to undertake this unit


ECC5840 - Information, incentives and games

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Vai-Lam Mui

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with training in information economics and applied game theory. Discussion of key concepts in game theory; the nature of different kinds of information asymmetries (whether the informed party has private knowledge about certain events, whether he/she can undertake actions unobservable to others); and economic implications. Explore how different incentive mechanisms (signalling by the informed party and screening by the uninformed party) can be used to mitigate the impact of asymmetric information.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the key concepts in game theory, as well as the nature and economic implications of different kinds of information asymmetries
  • understand how different incentive mechanisms -- for example, signalling by the informed party and screening by the uninformed party may be useful in mitigating the impact of asymmetric information on economic activities
  • critically evaluate the extent to which a particular application of information economics and game theory succeeds in generating new testable implications regarding the phenomena under study
  • construct formal models to study the importance of informational problems in explaining phenomena that are of interest to them.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC5650


ECC5850 - Mathematical economic theory

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Vai Lam Mui

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Mathematical preliminaries; static optimisation theory; introduction to calculus of variations and optimal control theory; necessary and sufficient conditions; investment theory: costs of adjustment, neoclassical, Q theory; consumption theory; use of duality theory; growth models; Hamilton Jacobi theory; discrete time stochastic models; selected current applications.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


ECC5870 - Advanced health economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Anthony Harris

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The achievement of efficiency in the health sector. Alternative approaches to allocative efficiency, recent developments in the management of the market, and efficiency in hospitals. Aspects of evaluation techniques including recent developments in quality of life measurement, statistical issues, and modelling techniques.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • undertake sound research in health economics
  • have knowledge of the major issues in health economics and the capacity to judge the importance of these issues
  • function as independent professional health economist.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC4650 and ECC4870


ECC6650 - Research topics in advanced microeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Yew-Kwang Ng

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Advanced topics in microeconomics and current research and policy issues. Topics may include an in-depth study of general equilibrium, mesoeconomics, new classical economics of specialisation, transaction costs, and inframarginal analysis, principal agent models and incentive regulation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • possess technical proficiency to initiate and pursue PhD level research
  • be capable of developing an original research topic
  • be in a position to undertake research in microeconomics and related fields.

Assessment

Option1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0029 to undertake this unit


ECC6660 - Research topics in advanced macroeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Jakob Madsen

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Advanced topics in macroeconomics, current research and policy issues. The topics may include an in-depth study of consumption, investment, inflation and monetary policy, unemployment, and empirical applications.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • possess technical proficiency to initiate and pursue PhD level research
  • be capable of developing an original research topic
  • be in a position to undertake research in macroeconomics and related fields.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 0029 to undertake this unit


ECC6690 - Research topics in open economy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Ranjan Ray

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research forum for the exploration of new directions in research and advanced specialist topics in open economy analysis. Students will be introduced to the forefront of contemporary analytical developments that are relevant for policy formation. The scope of the subject encompasses the pure theory of international trade, open economy macroeconomics and international finance, and development economics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • possess first-hand knowledge of the contemporary research agenda in the economics of the open economy
  • be conversant with the evolving research literature that is represented in working papers and formal publications of leading researchers at home and abroad
  • possess the qualifications to undertake technically advanced research assignments that are of contemporary analytical and policy relevance
  • gain practical experience in, and understanding of PhD level research work.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 0029 to undertake this unit


ECC9000 - Microeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Elias Khalil and Dr Dyuti Banerjee

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The behaviour of the economy is the result of a host of decisions made each day by millions of people. Prices and markets play a crucial role in economic behaviour, creating a system in which actions of individuals, guided by self-interest and without any central co-ordination or planning, create wealth for society as a whole. How individual workers, households and firms make decisions, and how they interact with each other, is the subject of microeconomics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand how markets work, and how prices work to allocate resources
  • understand the basic principles of how people make economic decisions, how they interact economically, and how the economy as a whole works
  • understand the role of public policy, and the constraints on its operation, when markets fail
  • understand how firms are organized and make decisions
  • have developed learning skills and begun to acquire the techniques of thinking like an economist
  • have sufficient grounding to attempt advanced studies in microeconomics in subsequent years.

Assessment

Within semester assesment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECC2000, ETC2000


ECC9010 - Macroeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Steph Miller and Dr Michael White

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on macroeconomic theory and policy; managing aggregate demand; economic growth and fluctuations. Content covers the following topics in detail:

  • open-economy IS-LM framework and AD-AS framework
  • principles of monetary and fiscal policy and problems of implementation
  • alternative theories of aggregate supply; imperfect information; labour market rigidities
  • explaining and correcting inflation and unemployment.

This subject provides an intermediate level treatment of macroeconomic theory and policy. Its central focus is the analysis of the factors and processes that determine the macroeconomic performance of a nation as reflected in such indicators as aggregate output, employment, the price level and exchange rate, and the balance of payments.
Implications of this analysis for the formulation of national economic policy are explored with particular application to Australia.

Objectives

On completion of this subject students should be able to:

  • analyse systematically the forces that determine change in macroeconomic performance and living standards in Australia
  • understand the relationship between the domestic economy and the international economic environment as reflected in the behaviour of the balance of payments and exchange rates
  • evaluate critically the issues underlying important contemporary policy debates in Australia and elsewhere
  • understand the nature and relevance of some significant recent developments in macroeconomics
  • practice rigorous economic analysis and put that to constructive use in decision-making.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECC2010, ETC2010


ECC9400 - Current issues in applied microeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Vai-Lam Mui

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Issues include incentives and credibility problems in microeconomic policy making in both developed and developing economies, with particular attention to topics such as microeconomic issues in the public sector, the role of institutions, and the critical evaluation of microeconomic policy. Students are expected to build on basic microeconomics knowledge and to exhibit an understanding of the policy context.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • apply economic theory and institutional knowledge of relevant parts of the economy to analyse government microeconomic policy options, and to make recommendations on policy actions
  • understand developments in policy debates in other countries and consider their impact on recent economic policies implemented in Australia
  • evaluate the contributions and limitations of economic analysis for helping to understand and to evaluate microeconomic policy options.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

ECC9000

Prohibitions

ECC2400


ECF5010 - Research issues paper

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr James Ang and Dr Asadul Islam

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Senior positions in government and corporations expect professionals to have a high level of research competence. This subject is designed to impart this skill by requiring students to select a project in their area of specialisation and submit a 9000 word report and an oral presentation. Students will work closely with a personal supervisor to ensure that the research paper locates and masters new knowledge and demonstrates originality in both research content and intellectual argument.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • consolidate knowledge of issues specific to the respective areas of specialisation
  • develop analytical and diagnostic skills and enhance the ability to analyse and resolve problems of practical importance
  • broaden the experience with research methods applied to practical problems and demonstrate a capacity for original work, both in terms of locating new knowledge and its application
  • acquire skills in the written presentation of applied research work
  • hone oral skills and acquire experience in demonstrating the capacity in research and exposition in seminars attended by senior practitioners from the private and corporate sectors.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 3842 to undertake this unit


ECF5020 - The economics of e-commerce

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr He-Ling Shi

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The Nasdaq might be unstable but e-commerce has arrived and is an important aspect of the new global economy. This subject investigates the economics of e-commerce: how e-commerce is changing the transactions costs of international trade and within an organisation the economics of production; whether e-commerce improves market transparency and competition; the risks of e-commerce; the impact of e-commerce on production, inflation and growth. We analyse how governments foster competitiveness and the response of companies to the new opportunities.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • appreciate the theory of transaction cost analysis and how this applies to e-commerce
  • understand the practical economic impact of e-commerce on transactions costs within the global economy and Australia and the wider impact of e-commerce on production, inflation and aggregate economic growth
  • grasp how e-ecommerce impacts on the economics of competition and in turn requires regulation
  • demonstrate an understanding of the unit in written and oral work which stresses the policy implications of e-commerce for various players in the global economy, the role of regulation and how this regulation impacts on the transactions costs of e-commerce.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%+ Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 3842 to undertake this unit


ECF5030 - The emergence of the knowledge based economy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Pushkar Maitra

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Knowledge driven industries and services are amongst the most rapidly growing areas of the world economy. This subject looks at the emergence of Knowledge-Based Economies (KBE) and their impact on the Asia-Pacific region by analysing: definitions and measurement of KBE; theoretical and economic policy issues about the KBE in less developed countries; why governments have promoted KBE; the contribution of KBE to productivity and global competitiveness; the growth of KBE hubs in, eg: India, Malaysia and Hong Kong.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • have a firm analytical and practical grasp of the problems of defining and measuring knowledge-based economic indicators
  • understand how and why governments in the Asia-Pacific are encouraging the emergence of knowledge-based industries and services
  • understand the special economic pressures which the emphasis on knowledge-based industries/services are placing on developing countries like India and Malaysia and developed economies like Australia
  • demonstrate analytical, oral and written skills through various assignments designed to emphasise the practical application of knowledge to particular economies and economic decision-makers.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%+ Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 3842 to undertake this unit


ECF5040 - Industry economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Mita Bhattacharya

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit develops and examines the theoretical and empirical relationships between the structure of industries, the behaviour of enterprises and market performance. The fundamental principles are applied to the advanced analysis of various forms of firms' interaction: entry deterrence, collusion, product differentiation, advertising, RandD, price discrimination, vertical integration. Welfare and policy issues will be discussed with the help of applied theory and empirical approach. In this respect recent journal articles will be used to analyse the concepts.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • to promote students understanding of the industry in which firms compete
  • to understand strategic concepts and the use of such concepts with regard to economics, management, and organisational behaviour thereby developing an economic framework or way of thinking
  • to understand the question 'how do we define the firm?', and the relationship of the definition of the firm to the 'make or buy' problem
  • to establish an understanding of the dynamics of entry and exit in the marketplace by looking at strategies that incumbents employ to prevent entry or quicken exit by competitors
  • to develop a competitive advantage framework for characterising and analysing a firm's strategic position within the market.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 55%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECF4100 or ECC4650 or equivalent and ECF4200 or ECC4660 or equivalent


ECF5050 - Economics of innovation and high technology

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines application of advanced economic theories and analytical tools to innovation processes and high technology product markets. Topics to be covered include: consumer behaviour with regard to high technology and information products; costs, market structures, and competition in high technology and information product markets; product quality and life circle; switching costs and network effects in consumers' and producers' decision making with regards to innovation and high technology products; economic aspects of intellectual property rights.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%.

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECF4100 or ECC4650 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ECW2123


ECF5200 - Game theory and business strategy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Chongwoo Choe

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Game theoretic analysis is fundamental to understanding modern business strategies and forms the basic infrastructure of strategy courses. The unit teaches the basic tools of Game Theory, and introduces a structured way to think about business interactions. Game theory originated in the middle of the twentieth century as the general study of strategic interactions and has found applications in a wide variety of contexts including economics, psychology, politics and evolutionary biology. It is this generality that is the source of its power. Accordingly, the unit develops game theory broadly with applications to strategic situations, including business as well as more general contexts.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • to develop a broad understanding of the basic principles of strategic analysis including solution concepts
  • to apply the abstract theory to concrete problems.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Prerequisites

ECF4100 or ECC4650 or equivalent and ECF4200 or ECC4660 or equivalent


ECF5300 - Special Research Topics in Applied Economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor He-Ling Shi

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit will draw on different fields of applied economics such as applied general equilibrium economics, monetary economics, international economics, labour economics, public finance, and international trade and finance. The studies in these areas will be drawn together by research workshops where students present research papers in their chosen topic.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop appreciation of major economic dimensions of the environment in which business operates such as public sector and policy, regulatory frameworks, international linkages
  • have a solid grounding in specific applications of economic analysis
  • develop the ability to integrate the use of economic analysis of different settings
  • develop analytical and writing skills in preparing research papers
  • develop oral communication skills and gain experience in presenting economic analysis to non-specialist audiences.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECF5420


ECF5610 - Sustainable economic development and the environment

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Ian Wills

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

We link the study of environmental economics to the practical needs of modern corporations and sustainable economic development. Corporations that fail to factor environmental economics into their plans, suffer penalties ranging from the loss of reputation to severe corporate damage. We analyse the concepts, signals and incentives from governments, customers and citizens which influence corporations in the use of natural resources. The evolution of sustainable development policies by governments and the applicability of these to corporations is also analysed.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand environmental economic theories and the ways in which governments, customers and citizens provide private industry with information and incentives which can motivate corporations to use natural resources in ways which minimise environmental harms
  • have a sound grasp of how and why governments have found it necessary to develop policies about sustainable economic development and the environment
  • have an analytical appreciation of the costs of ignoring environmental economics as exemplified by various case studies of protests against Australian firms in Australia and abroad
  • understand the types of economic and environmental policies which corporations can adopt in order to avoid the stigma and economic losses associated with bad environmental performance
  • demonstrate a grasp of this unit in written and oral work which recognises both the economic costs of ignoring the principles of environmental economics when using natural resources and the potential contribution of corporate sustainability policies to the competitiveness of international firms.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3842 to undertake this unit


ECF9210 - Introduction to international economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Rebecca Valenzuela

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Topics include an introduction to basic micro and macroeconomics, the economic importance of trade, barriers to international trade, the regionalisation of trade, exchange rate determination, balance of payments theory, the domestic impact of the international economy, foreign direct investment and multinational corporations, capital flows and currency crisis.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand developments in the international economy and interpret their impact on the Australian economy and individual Australian companies
  • critically evaluate government policy to the extent it affects international competitiveness
  • develop a sound knowledge of Australia's role in the international economy and of at least one other country.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (2.5 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


ECF9530 - Economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Mita Bhattacharya and Dr Rebecca Valenzuela

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Microeconomics: scarcity; economic choice; economic systems; economic ideology; demand and supply analysis; consumer behaviour and elasticity; costs of production and profit maximisation; perfect competition and monopoly. Macroeconomics: aggregate demand and aggregate supply; Keynesian versus Neoclassical approaches; the money market and monetary policy; the government budget deficit and fiscal policy; the foreign exchange market and exchange rate policy; unemployment and inflation; the current and capital accounts.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • have a basic understanding of the methodology and principles of economics
  • have a basic understanding of micro and macro economics
  • present arguments and make decisions in the economic environment.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECG9101


ECG9101 - Economic policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mrs Judith Tennant

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

An introduction to the study of economics; basic microeconomics; basic macroeconomics; revision.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop analytical skills through the rigorous use of geometric models
  • understand the main microeconomic issues associated with the decision making by individual consumers and firms
  • recognise the welfare and efficiency implications for society of government microeconomic policy decisions
  • appreciate and debate the main macroeconomic issues of inflation, unemployment and economic growth
  • critically analyse government policy responses to various issues within the open economy context of Australia.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Prohibitions

ECF9530


ECG9102 - Introduction to macroeconomic theory and policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mrs Judith Tennant

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Principles of macroeconomic analysis of product, capital, money and labour markets. It also deals with the concepts of national accounts, governmental expenditure, economic growth, inflation, unemployment, interest rates, currency exchange rates and balance of payments. Contemporary macroeconomic policy issues from both a small open economy and a regional perspective are especially emphasised.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • gain a rigorous, theoretical and practical grounding in macroeconomic principles
  • be able to apply those principles to judge the usefulness and limitations of contemporary macroeconomic policy debates
  • be able to, in further studies, apply those principles to the main macroeconomic issues of inflation, unemployment and economic growth.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%


ECG9121 - Economics of international trade

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The pure theory of international trade including the concept of bases for trade and gains from trade, the impact of trade on income distribution and the impact of economic growth on changes in trade. Trade policy matters, including tariffs, quotas, subsidies, import discrimination and other national policies affecting trade. The mechanisms of the foreign exchange market. Determination of exchange rates, the balance of payments, modern foreign exchange policies and the threat of unstable exchange rates, international lending and the world debt crisis.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • draw upon skills developed in micro and macroeconomics to enable them to understand and critically evaluate contemporary policy debates in international trade and finance
  • develop the ability to use powerful analytical tools to predict the impact of global economic, political and social policies on Australia as a small open economy
  • recognise the positive welfare effects of worldwide unrestricted trade.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Prerequisites

ECG9102 and ECG9120

Prohibitions

ECW3121


ECG9161 - Theory and practice of economic reforms

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The theory and practice of institutional changes in economic mechanisms, including forms of ownership and governmental regulation and deregulation of the public and corporate sectors. Special attention is to be given to analysing issues of privatisation and deregulation in Australia from the point of view of contemporary economic theory.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop skills in applying economic principles to evaluate contemporary economic policy issues
  • understand the economic environment through critical analysis of current economic reforms in the public sector and evolving changes in the relationship between the public and private sectors of the economy
  • enhance research skills and the ability to critically evaluate issues and to communicate results.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60 %

Prerequisites

ECG9102 and ECG9120


ECG9170 - Issues in labour economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Svetlana Maslyuk

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The composition of the Australian workforce, the interpretation of labour market statistics, problems of unemployment, supply of and demand for labour and the operation of labour markets, including the influence of institutions such as trade unions, and the problem of disadvantage in the labour market. The role of labour market policies and wages policy.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the operation of labour markets by drawing on basic economic principles
  • think critically about the implications of labour market activity for society
  • recognise that both economic and ethical issues are involved in labour market activities through a consideration of issues such as unemployment and labour market disadvantage
  • apply analytical skills developed through an analysis of continuing change in Australian labour markets and labour market policy.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%


ECX4000 - Reading subject

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit allows flexibility to explore various directions in the discipline in a more formal setting that is guided by staff expertise.

Assessment

Continuous assessment and a three-hour examination or equivalent.

Prohibitions

ECC4000


ECX5000 - Reading subject

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Study in a special field of economics in which no formal subject is available. The supervisor will prescribe a list of references, consult frequently with the student and set whatever written work and examination is deemed appropriate. Students interested in a reading unit of this type should first consult the head of the department.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
+ be in a position to begin active research towards a master's degree or PhD by research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


ECX5410 - Applied microeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Wenli Cheng

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit applies microeconomic principles to study how businesses make decisions to achieve their goals. In particular, it an analyses how businesses position themselves in the market and how they form their output and price decisions on the basis of their understanding of demand and supply conditions, market competition and business risks. Finally this unit looks at particular aspects of market failure and the role of government in relation to market failure. Professionals in domestic and international organisations will find this subject an aid to the formulation of strategies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECF4100


ECX5420 - Applied macroeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Jakob Madsen

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The focus is on practical questions about how to achieve national economic growth and control inflation in the context of a global economy, with special attention to policy formulation and implementation and the dilemmas facing decision-makers in the government and private sectors. Macroeconomic forecasting and the methods for analysing the short-term and long-term trends are also considered. Australia's experience during the last two decades, in particular the impact of the Asian Currency Crisis, are examined closely.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECF4200


ECX5465 - Microeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Christis Tombazos

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Topics include consumer preference theory; choice; demand; technology; profit maximisation and duality; competitive general equilibrium in the context of decreasing, increasing and constant returns; two-part tariffs; expected utility; adverse selection; and moral hazard.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECC4650


ECX5466 - Macroeconomics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Jakob Madsen

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Contemporary macroeconomics and recent policy debates, including market clearing and long-run equilibrium; classical dichotomy; money in the global economy; aggregate demand and price rigidity, microfoundations of macroeconomics, disequilibrium models; stock-flow interactions; wealth effects; rational expectations; policy ineffectiveness and Ricardian equivalence; money and credit; exchange rate regimes; new Keynesian macroeconomics; comovements of macro variables and macroeconomic forecasting.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECC4660


ECX5470 - Competition, regulation and policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Peter Forsyth

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Outline of the Australian and overseas approaches to competition policy; the economic background to the Trade Practices Act; market definition issues; evaluation of restrictive trade practices and mergers or alliances; structural reform of industries, access and monopoly regulation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECC4700


ECX5472 - Law and economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Russell Smyth

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit applies the method of economics to the analysis of the law itself - to the structure of the common law, legal processes, legal institutions and statutory regulation, and to the impact of law on the behaviour of individuals and groups and the functioning of the economy. Topics include: is there a role for law and economics in studying the law, economics of crime and capital punishment, punitive damages, interest group theories of judicial independence and the determinants of judicial influence and prestige.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


ECX5475 - Financial economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Theories of hedging and speculation; determination of spot and futures prices, and intertemporal allocation; market efficiency; expectations, including adaptive expectations and rational expectations.

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ECC4750


ECX5479 - Project evaluation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Peter Forsyth

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Topics include development and application of microeconomic theory for the economic evaluation of (public) sector investment projects and policies; investment analysis and criteria, discounting techniques; Pareto potential improvement criterion, shadow pricing, social discount rates, distribution issues, secondary benefits, risk and uncertainty, cost-effectiveness.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC4650 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ECC4790


ECX5484 - Industrial organisation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Dyuti Banerjee

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Theories of the firm, contract, property rights structure, market structure, hierarchy, bargaining, principal-agent relationship, research and development, advertising, and entry, exit, and pricing strategy. The equilibrium implications of the internal organisation of a firm and the organisational structure of the market in relation to strategic interactions between agents, information problems and related incentive mechanisms. Basic game theory and concepts of game equilibrium applied to the analysis of opportunistic behaviour and related transactions costs.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0029 or 3842 to undertake this unit.

Prohibitions

ECC4790


ECX5486 - Issues seminar

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


ECX9120 - Introduction to microeconomic theory and policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mrs Judith Tennant

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The theory of consumer choice and its relationship to demand, production, costs and supply. Pricing and output decisions of firms in various market structures, including perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition and oligopoly. Efficiency, from the regional perspective, of resource allocation and the problems of externalities, public goods and imperfect information. Contemporary microeconomic policy issues from the regional perspective.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • gain a rigorous, theoretical and practical grounding in microeconomic principles
  • consider and understand issues of efficiency in the use of productive resources using this model
  • critically assess the economic environment to which they will contribute as graduates that will provide the essential basis for more advanced studies in economics
  • develop skills in the application of economics principles to business and social policy decisions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%


ECX9700 - Introduction to health economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Jennifer Watts

Offered

Austin Hospital First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides an understanding of the microeconomic approach to resource allocation, both in general and specifically, in relation to the health sector. It introduces students to the use of economic tools in the analysis of the 'market' for health care, in terms of efficiency and equity. It also provides an analytical framework for assessment of the Australian health care system, and health policy generally, from an economic perspective.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand basic microeconomic concepts and their application to the health sector
  • understand role, limitations and usefulness of economic analysis and economics as a way of thinking, particularly when applied to the health care sector
  • understand organization and delivery of health services from an economic perspective
  • understand the Australian Health Care system from an economic perspective, including an analysis of the reasons for growth in expenditure.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%


ECX9710 - Pharmaceutical economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Jennifer Watts and Ms Jean Spinks

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The economics of the pharmaceutical industry including the market for pharmaceuticals and its regulation internationally and in Australia. Principles of economic evaluation of the costs and outcomes of pharmaceutical products, and provides a guide to best practice with particular emphasis on clinical trials and protocol design.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • economic analysis in the pharmaceutical industry
  • structure of the pharmaceutical industry and the inter-relationship between the nature of the product, market structure and government regulation
  • impact of government intervention in the pharmaceutical industry including alternative regulatory regimes
  • role of economic evaluation in promoting the efficient use of drugs
  • economic analysis of drugs alongside clinical trials, including techniques of health outcome measurement.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%+ Examination (2 hours): 30%


ECX9730 - Economic evaluation in health care

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Jennifer Watts and Ms Juliet Namazzi

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to techniques of microeconomic appraisal in the evaluation of health care programs. It considers conceptual and methodological issues, as well as the practical conduct, and review, of such studies and their use in priority setting within the health care sector. The application of decision rules for economic efficiency in health program evaluation and their influence on policy decisions are introduced.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand techniques used for microeconomic appraisal in the evaluation of health care programs
  • understand conceptual and methodological issues arising in the economic appraisal of health care programs
  • understand conduct and review of economic evaluation in the health care sector
  • understand application of results from economic evaluation to achieving broader priority setting goals within the health care sector.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination (2 hours); 30%


ECX9741 - Applied health economics and health policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Jennifer Watts

Offered

Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit synthesises contemporary issues in health policy, building on the fundamental economic concepts, including economic efficiency and equity, learned in the first level introductory unit. It is aimed at further developing the core concepts of efficiency and equity, and the application of contemporary health care issues. The unit is organised around three themes: the role of government in the health care system; government regulation in the organisation and delivery of health care services and incentives for equity and efficiency; and the use of economic principles to analyse and develop policy options in health care.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the changing perceptions of the role of government in the health sector
  • understand the organisation, delivery and financing of health services, including incentives for equity and efficiency
  • understand the implications of the ageing population on health care expenditure in Australia, including the organisation, delivery and funding of aged care services
  • understand the impact of government regulation on prices and subsidies in the pharmaceutical, health technology and in private health insurance industries
  • understand the options for health system reform, including the analysis of policy options, resource allocation and priority setting models.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

Clayton, OCDL

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3171 or have passed ECX9700


ECX9750 - Principles of health economics for developing countries

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Rohan Sweeney

Offered

Alfred First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The unit provides an overview of the particular problems confronted by health care systems in developing countries. Economic principles are used to review and develop policy options for financing of the health sector and approaches to priority setting that foster improved expenditure allocation. Practical aspects of individual health care project appraisal in developing countries are also addressed.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the determinants of health, international differences in the pattern of disease, and the link between health and development
  • appreciate the economic principles that should underpin health care financing and expenditure decisions
  • possess a sound knowledge of alternative health system structures in developing countries, the policy constraints typically faced by developing countries in managing health care systems
  • use economic principles to critically appraise policy alternatives for health sector reform and understand practical methodologies for the application of economic principles particularly when data availability is extremely limited
  • review the practical application of methodologies for health care program evaluation in developing countries.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%


ETC4010 - Special reading unit in econometrics honours

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the key academic literature in a particular area of econometrics or statistical research
  • learn how to undertake original research, either theoretical or applied

Prerequisites

It is recommended that students have completed at least three third year econometrics units.


ETC4340 - Principles of econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Gael Martin

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides a formal treatment of the core principles underlying econometric and statistical analysis, with particular focus given to likelihood-based inference. Topics covered include the likelihood principle and maximum likelihood estimation; minimum variance unbiased estimation; maximum likelihood asymptotic distribution theory; likelihood-based hypothesis testing; and quasi-maximum likelihood inference. The theoretical developments are supplemented by numerical results produced using computer simulation. Consideration is also given to the numerical optimisation techniques used to implement likelihood-based procedures in practice.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • consolidate the core principles underlying econometric and statistical analysis
  • understand and implement the technique of maximum likelihood estimation and develop an appreciation of the associated asymptotic distribution theory
  • understand and implement likelihood-based hypothesis testing and quasi-maximum
likelihood inference
  • develop the skills needed to demonstrate and explore theoretical sampling properties using computer simulation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed ETC2400, ECC2410 or ETC2410 before undertaking this unit

Prohibitions

ETC3400, ETC3404


ETC4341 - Applied econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr John Stapleton

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit presents econometric models and techniques that are widely used in modern applied econometrics. Emphasis is placed on models that address the special problems that arise when analysing microeconomic data, that is, data at the level of individual consumers, households and firms. The topics covered include modelling discrete dependent variables, modelling data sets that have both a cross-section and a time-series dimension and conducting inference in models in which the dependent variable is jointly determined with one or more of the regressors. The models taught in this unit are widely used in empirical work in economics, finance and marketing.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • conduct statistical inference in statistical models with a binary dependent variable
  • conduct statistical inference in statistical models with one or more endogenous explanatory variables
  • conduct statistical inference in a system of simultaneous equations
  • conduct statistical inference on data that has both a time series and a cross section dimension.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit. ECC2410, ETC2400, ETC2410


ETC4345 - Time series analysis for business and economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr John Stapleton

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to modern time series methods. The topics covered include a review of stationary, univariate ARMA models, stochastic and deterministic trends, testing for unit roots, vector autoregressions, multivariate cointegration and error correction models.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • model and forecast stationary autoregressive and moving average time series
  • test for unit roots in univariate time series
  • analyse the relationships between multiple, stationary time series
  • test for, estimate and interpret the long run relationships between non-stationary time series.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%. Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed either ETC2410 or ECC2410 before undertaking this unit

Prohibitions

ETC3450, ETC3454


ETC4346 - Financial econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Keith McLaren and Dr Catherine Forbes

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The specification, estimation and testing of asset pricing models, including the capital asset pricing model and extensions; the statistical characteristics of financial data emphasising skewness, kurtosis and volatility aspects; volatility models such as ARCH models of financial time series, with applications to stock prices, derivatives, and exchange rates including the forecast performance of these models.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the time series and distributional features of financial data
  • explain appropriate specification, estimation and testing of asset pricing models
  • evaluate the need for volatility models for financial returns
  • describe the specification and estimation of conditional volatility models.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following: AFC1100, AFC2000, AFC2100, AFC2140 and also one from: ECC2410, ETC2410, ETC3440, ETC4344, ETX9344 or be granted permission, before undertaking this unit.

Prohibitions

ETC3460


ETC4350 - Survey data analysis

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Neil Diamond and Professor Felix Mavondo

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Introduction to multivariate statistical techniques for the analysis of survey data and models to analyse the discrete choice behaviour of individuals. Topics include multivariate analysis of variance, principal components analysis, factor analysis, correspondence analysis and models of discrete choice behaviour. Statistical software and case studies will be utilised during this subject and students will apply the techniques to a variety of practical problems.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • model and forecast stationary autoregressive and moving average time series
  • test for unit roots in univariate time series
  • analyse the relationships between multiple, stationary time series
  • test for, estimate and interpret the long run relationships between non-stationary time series.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following units ETC2400, ECC2410, ETC2410, ETC2430, ETC2450, ETC2500, ETC3440, ETC3444 or MKC2500.

Prohibitions

ETC3500, ETC3504, ETF3500, MKC3500, MKF3500


ETC4351 - Modelling in finance and insurance

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Fima Klebaner and Professor Don Poskitt

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Mathematical definition of options and other financial derivatives; probability models; mathematical models of random processes; applications; numerical methods; Monte Carlo methods.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the modern approach to evaluation of uncertain future payoffs
  • develop an understanding of the concepts of arbitrage and fair games and their relevance to finance and insurance
  • develop an understanding of concept of conditional expectation and martingales and their relation to pricing of financial derivatives
  • develop an understanding of the random processes such as Random Walk, Brownian Motion and Diffusions and be able to apply them for modelling real life processes and risk models
  • obtain skills to use Ito's formula
  • develop the skills to price options by using the Binomial and Black-Scholes models
  • ability to simulate the price process and obtain prices by simulation
  • ability to formulate discrete time Risk Model in Insurance and use it for control of probabilities of ruin.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial/practice class per week.

Prerequisites

Students must have passed ETC1010 and one of the following before undertaking this unit. ECC2410, ETC2400, ETC2410, ETC2430, ETC2480 or ETC3440

Prohibitions

ETC3510, ETC3514, MTH3251


ETC4384 - Mathematical economics

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit will cover, in mathematical terms, many of the areas treated more intuitively in first year microeconomics, eg: consumer demand, the theory of the firm, equilibrium and Pareto optimum. However, a significant portion of the lectures will deal with topics not covered earlier, such as non-linear programming, game theory, and dynamic optimisation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

ECC2000 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ECC3840, ECC3844, ECC4384


ETC4400 - Econometric theory

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Don Poskitt

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The objective of this unit is to outline the general principles that underlie what has become known as the Generalized Method of Moments (GMM). The discussion is motivated by reference to econometric and statistical techniques, and simple practical examples with which students should be familiar. It is shown that GMM finds application in many areas of econometrics and business statistics, and that GMM may be viewed as a methodology that encompasses many econometric and statistical techniques. Broad topic headings are: Classical Method of Moments and Regression (OLS and IV), GMM, Identification, Asymptotic Distribution Theory for GMM, GMM and Optimal Inference.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • build upon existing concepts developed in previous courses and to outline the basic principles under-lying what has become known as the Generalized Method of Moments (GMM)
  • outline the classical Method of Moments and relationship of Regression to the Method of Moments
  • discuss Identification and Asymptotic Distribution Theory in the context of the GMM
  • examine GMM in relation to minimum variance unbiased estimation, and GMM based inference
  • consider special cases of single equation and simultaneous equations GMM.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

ETC3400


ETC4410 - Applied econometrics 2

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Keith McLaren and Associate Professor Xueyan Zhao

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit involves a critical review of recent empirical work in econometrics. The topics to be covered include: the specification and estimation of systems of consumer demand equations and producer demand and supply equations, extensions of these methods to other areas, practical applications. On completion of this unit students should be familiar with recent developments in these fields and have developed the skills to undertake empirical work. Further, students should be able to critically evaluate empirical work and related policy implications.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • specify the structure of consumer demand systems
  • use duality theory to generalise these specifications
  • understand the use of appropriate specific estimation techniques
  • extend these ideas to producer demand and supply models
  • consider a number of empirical applications, and derive policy implications
  • become competent in handling demand and production data using econometric software.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit. ECC3410, ETC3400, ETC3410


ETC4420 - Microeconometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Mark Harris

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit covers specification, estimation and evaluation of a range of statistical models used to analyse (predominantly) micro data in economics, finance and marketing. These include models of discrete data on individual choice behaviour, censored and truncated data and panel data. A hands-on approach is taken, such that the models are illustrated with real-life applications.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit. ECC3410, ETC3400 or ETC3410


ETC4430 - Quantitative economic policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor John Madden

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit covers the theoretical structure and application of computable general equilibrium (CGE) models. Topics include:

  • the derivation of the model's non-linear equation system
  • evaluation of coefficients and parameters, model closure, specification of economic shocks, solution techniques and interpretation of results.
During hands-on computing sessions, students will undertake simulations of a series of economic policy questions and analyse results.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire an understanding of the main elements of the theoretical structure of a computable general equilibrium (CGE) model
  • acquire an understanding of how a CGE model is calibrated and implemented on computer
  • develop the ability to conduct basic simulations with a comparative-static CGE model
  • acquire skills in the analysis of the more readily interpretable model results in terms of model theory, data base, closure and shocks
  • develop an elementary understanding of the key features of dynamic CGE models.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

EC


ETC4460 - Financial econometrics 2

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Gael Martin and Dr Catherine Forbes

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a range of advanced, current techniques used in analysing financial data. Topics covered include the analysis of the time series and distributional features of financial data; the use of stochastic volatility and realised volatility models to capture time-varying volatility, including long memory in volatility; the use of econometric methods to estimate Value at Risk; the modelling of transactions data using trade duration models and transaction-based volatility models; continuous time processes and the application of econometric techniques to option pricing; and the use of generalised method of moments in financial models.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1.5 hour lectures per week for 11 weeks

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following: ETC3460 or ETC4346 and at least one of: ECC3410, ETC3400, ETC3410, ETC3450, before undertaking this unit.


ETC4480 - Optimization for management

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Lee Gordon-Brown and Associate Professor Ralph Snyder

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This subject is directed to students with an interest in business analysis and business modelling. It covers tools such as Solver in Microsoft Excel for optimising business decisions. Modelling skills are enhanced from a study of the logic of optimisation and its application to common business problems. Methods covered include linear programming, network programming, integer linear programming, non-linear programming and dynamic programming.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

ETC2480 or ETC3480 or equivalent


ETC4541 - Special topics in econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Gael Martin

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit covers methodological developments at the forefront of econometric research. Topics may include Bayesian econometrics, simulation techniques, latent variable models, non-Gaussian time series models, distribution theory, non-parametric inference and panel data models.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

One from ETC4400, ETC4410, ETC4420 or permission

Prohibitions

ETC5410


ETC4860 - Research paper

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Brett Inder

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Topics for seminar presentation are selected in consultation with the coordinator. A list of possible topics will be distributed but students are encouraged to propose subjects of interest to them, based in their own discipline. Students present one paper, act as formal discussant on another, and are expected to engage in discussion of others.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop the skills to present an area of research in the discipline of econometrics or statistics in a non-technical manner, both written and oral
  • grow in ability to ask and address critical questions about research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment : 100%

Contact hours

One 1.5 hour seminar per week


ETC5000 - Special reading unit 1

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Brett Inder

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A unit of study in a special field of enconometrics in which no formal unit is available. The supervisor will prescribe a list of references, consult frequently with the student and set whatever written work and examinations are deemed appropriate. Students interested in a reading subject of this type should first consult the head of department.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the key academic literature in a particular area of econometrics or statistical research
  • learn how to undertake original research, either theoretical or applied.


ETC5010 - Special reading unit 2

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Brett Inder

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the key academic literature in a particular area of econometrics or statistical research
  • learn how to undertake original research, either theoretical or applied.


ETC5020 - Special reading unit 3

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Brett Inder

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the key academic literature in a particular area of econometrics or statistical research
  • learn how to undertake original research, either theoretical or applied.


ETC5351 - Modelling in finance and insurance

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Fima Klebaner and Professor Don Poskitt

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Mathematical definition of options and other financial derivatives, probability models, mathematical models of random processes, applications, numerical methods, Monte Carlo methods.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the modern approach to evaluation of uncertain future payoffs
  • develop an understanding of the concepts of arbitrage and fair games and their relevance to finance and insurance
  • develop an understanding of concept of conditional expectation and martingales and their relation to pricing of financial derivatives
  • develop an understanding of the random processes such as Random Walk, Brownian Motion and Diffusions and be able to apply them for modelling real life processes and risk models
  • obtain skills to use Ito's formula
  • develop the skills to price options by using the Binomial and Black-Scholes models
  • ability to simulate the price process and obtain prices by simulation
  • ability to formulate discrete time Risk Model in Insurance and use it for control of probabilities of ruin.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%

Contact hours

3 one-hour lectures and 1 one-hour tutorial/practice class per week


ETC5400 - Research topics in econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Brett Inder

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will cover specialised topics from current research areas of staff members with the aim of exposing students to the level of technical detail required for econometric research.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine methodological developments at the forefront of econometric research
  • explain the importance of probabilistic and statistical techniques in econometric research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

ETC4400 or ETC4410 or permission


ETC5410 - Special topics in econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Gael Martin

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit covers methodological developments at the forefront of econometric research. Topics may include Bayesian econometrics, simulation techniques, latent variable models, non-Gaussian time series models, distribution theory, non-parametric inference and panel data models.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine methodological developments at the forefront of econometric research
  • explain the importance of probabilistic and statistical techniques in econometric research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit: ETC4400, ETC4410, ETC4420, or permission.


ETC5420 - Microeconometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Mark Harris

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit covers specification, estimation and evaluation of a range of statistical models used to analyse (predominantly) micro data in economics, finance and marketing. These include models of discrete data on individual choice behaviour, censored and truncated data and panel data. A hands-on approach is taken, such that the models are illustrated with real-life applications.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • know in which situations the linear regression model is not an appropriate way to model the behaviour of interest
  • apply a range of alternative models in situations when the linear regression model is not appropriate
  • model data as recorded in either surveys or panels
  • use appropriate models to predict the probability that an individual will choose a particular: labour market state; mode of transport; consumption level of alcohol; number of cigarettes to smoke per week; and so on.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following before undertaking this unit. ECC3410, ETC3400 or ETC3410


ETC5460 - Financial econometrics 2

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Gael Martin and Dr Catherine Forbes

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a range of advanced, current techniques used in analysing financial data. Topics covered include the analysis of the time series and distributional features of financial data; the use of stochastic volatility and realised volatility models to capture time-varying volatility, including long memory in volatility; the use of econometric methods to estimate Value at Risk; the modelling of transactions data using trade duration models and transaction-based volatility models; continuous time processes and the application of econometric techniques to option pricing; and the use of generalised method of moments in financial models.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • critically evaluate alternative methods of modelling asset return volatility
  • explain the role of volatility modelling in the measurement of risk and in the pricing of financial derivatives
  • describe the role of continuous time stochastic processes in the pricing of financial derivatives
  • evaluate econometric models for high frequency data
  • evaluate the use of generalised method of moments in financial models

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week for 11 weeks

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following: ETC3460, ETC4346 and at least one of: ETC3400, ETC3410, ETC3450 before undertaking this unit.


ETC5470 - Econometrics graduate seminar

SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Don Posksitt

Offered

Clayton Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This graduate seminar subject is compulsory for PhD candidates. PhD and masters candidates proceeding by major thesis are required to present at least two seminars, one at an early stage to outline their thesis proposal and the second towards the end of candidature, preferably before writing-up has commenced. Masters candidates are required to present at least one seminar at a time to be determined in consultation with their supervisor.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
+ develop an understanding of the breadth of research interests in the disciplines of econometrics and business statistics.


ETC9010 - Data modelling and computing

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Lee Gordon-Brown and Associate Professor Mark Harris

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Introduction to principles and techniques for modelling business and economic data. Modelling in business and finance using computers, spreadsheet modelling and business problems, organising and accessing data efficiently. Modelling in economics and finance, multiple regression as a tool for modelling macroeconomics and microeconomic decisions, elasticities and statistical evaluation of policy, time series modelling with application to finance. Introduction to actuarial studies as an approach to building quantitative models of risk.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • apply principles and techniques of data management with computers and spreadsheet modelling to business and economic decision-making problems, including profit models, breakeven analysis, sensitivity analysis, simulation, optimisation under uncertainty and network models
  • interpret and evaluate relationships between variables for business and economic decision-making using multiple linear regression, including dummy variables, functional form, trends and seasonality in time series as well as inference, confidence intervals and prediction
  • apply statistical techniques for making decisions with quantitative and categorical data in business and economics, including testing hypotheses about population mean(s), population proportion(s), one- and two-way analysis of variance, and difference between proportions in contingency tables.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (2 hours): 70%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

ETX9000


ETF5000 - Special reading unit 1

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Param Silvapulle

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A unit of study in a special field of enconometrics in which no formal unit is available. The supervisor will prescribe a list of references, consult frequently with the student and set whatever written work and examinations are deemed appropriate. Students interested in a reading subject of this type should first consult the unit leader.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the key academic literature in a particular area of econometrics or statistical research
  • learn how to undertake original research, either theoretical or applied.


ETF5010 - Special reading unit 2

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Param Silvapulle

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A unit of study in a special field of enconometrics in which no formal unit is available. The supervisor will prescribe a list of references, consult frequently with the student and set whatever written work and examinations are deemed appropriate. Students interested in a reading subject of this type should first consult the unit leader.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the key academic literature in a particular area of econometrics or statistical research
  • learn how to undertake original research, either theoretical or applied.


ETF5020 - Special reading unit 3

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Param Silvapulle

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A unit of study in a special field of enconometrics in which no formal unit is available. The supervisor will prescribe a list of references, consult frequently with the student and set whatever written work and examinations are deemed appropriate. Students interested in a reading subject of this type should first consult the unit leader.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the key academic literature in a particular area of econometrics or statistical research
  • learn how to undertake original research, either theoretical or applied.


ETF5200 - Applied econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Param Silvapulle and Dr Paul Kim

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Presents newly developed econometric methodology in model building and model evaluation in general. Recent literature on assessing business time series properties, non-linear time series models, multiple cointegration, impulse response function and variance decomposition is introduced. Examples in business, economics and finance will be drawn to illustrate the application of techniques covered in this unit.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • test the properties of economic and financial time series under various conditions such as structural breaks and asymmetric assessment due to business cycles
  • test if the modelling framework for the relationship between variables should be linear or nonlinear
  • test for the existence of long run relationship and if it is nonlinear and stable
  • conduct multivariate framework time series analysis based on vector auto regression
  • test for the presence of multi-long run relationships and estimate the vector auto regressive model.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial/practical per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3816 or 3822 or must have passed ETF3200, ETF9200 or ETF9300.


ETF5231 - Business forecasting

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Ann Maharaj

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Review of basic time series analysis techniques. Moving averages and exponential smoothing forecasting methods. Box-Jenkins method of forecasting. Comparison of forecasting techniques. Introduction to time series regression, dynamic models and cointegration. Applications to time series from accounting, economics, banking, finance and management areas. Use of Excel and SPSS.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify the basic tools of forecasting and define the basic time series analysis techniques
  • describe the decomposition techniques, exponential smoothing forecasting techniques and Box-Jenkins method of forecasting
  • compare the forecasts of real economic, business and financial time series by decomposition techniques and exponential smoothing techniques using Excel and Box Jenkins method using SPSS
  • differentiate between decomposition methods, exponential smoothing methods and autoregressive methods of forecasting
  • analyse time series in the business environment using the appropriate methods and interpret computer output.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour laboratory/tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3816 or 3822 or must have passed ETX2121, ETX2111 or MBA9007

Prohibitions

ETX3231


ETF5300 - Applied financial econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Xibin (Bill) Zhang

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Illustrates how statistical and econometric methods can be applied to financial data to solve problems arising in financial markets. Also covers modelling, estimating and testing the volatility of financial markets. Practical examples will be discussed in lectures to enhance the understanding of analysing financial data using the statistical and econometric tools taught in this unit. An integral component will be the completion of a number of minor research projects enabling students to develop the necessary skills.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify the issues involved when modelling the dynamics of financial markets
  • estimate volatility models using econometrics software
  • critically evaluate the financial econometrics literature
  • explain the financial market applications of the non linear models developed
  • undertake a research project that applies the techniques and analysis to a financial market of interest.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hour): 40%

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial/practical per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3816 or 3822 OR must have passed AFF2631 and any of ETF3200, ETF3300, ETF9200 or ETF9300


ETF5400 - Special topics in econometrics I

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Mervyn Silvapulle

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics may include hypothesis testing, Bayesian econometrics, non-linear models, duality theory, specification analysis, spectral analysis, cointegration, applied time series, limited dependent variable models, economy wide modelling, models of demand and production functions, state space time series models and multivariate methods. Additional topics may be covered by visiting staff.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define different models used in econometrics and statistics
  • compare different methods of estimating and testing econometric models
  • recommend suitable methods of inference
  • evaluate different methods of inference for econometric models
  • summarise the advantages and disadvantages of various methods of inference.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3816 or 3822 or must have passed ETC4400 or ETC4410


ETF5410 - Special topics in econometrics II

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Mervyn Silvapulle and Dr Ann Maharaj

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics may include hypothesis testing, Bayesian econometrics, non-linear models, duality theory, specification analysis, spectral analysis, cointegration, applied time series, limited dependent variable models, economy wide modelling, models of demand and production functions, state space time series models and multivariate methods. Additional topics may be covered by visiting staff.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define different models used in econometrics and statistics
  • compare different methods of estimating and testing econometric models
  • recommend suitable methods of inference
  • evaluate different methods of inference for econometric models
  • summarise the advantages and disadvantages of various methods of inference.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3816 or 3822 or must have passed ETC4400 or ETC4410 to undertake this unit


ETF5470 - Econometrics graduate seminar

SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Rob Brooks

Offered

Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This graduate seminar subject is compulsory for PhD candidates. PhD and masters candidates proceeding by major thesis are required to present at least two seminars, one at an early stage to outline their thesis proposal and the second towards the end of candidature, preferably before writing-up has commenced. Masters candidates are required to present at least one seminar at a time to be determined in consultation with their supervisor.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
+ develop an understanding of the breadth of research interests in the disciplines of econometrics and business statistics.


ETF5480 - Optimisation for managers

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Tissa Galagedera

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop quantitative problem solving skills. The emphasis is on recognising and identifying, modelling and solving problems arising in business-decision. Various optimisation techniques used in the business decision-making process will be introduced. Topics include benchmarking with data envelopment analysis, integer programming, inventory control models, decision making under uncertainty, queuing models and simulation modelling. Applications in business, particularly in management, marketing, banking and finance will be used in the demonstration.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the complementary nature of the rational and behavioural approaches to decision making
  • select and apply quantitative modelling concepts to problems arising from business
  • formulate an appropriate model to analyse various business decision problems
  • apply tools available in Microsoft Excel and algorithms to generate solutions and appraise the solutions through the use of sensitivity analysis
  • communicate the analysis and results of business decision problems.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour computer laboratory class per week


ETF5500 - Survey data analysis

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Ann Maharaj

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Adopts a very practical approach to introducing multivariate statistical techniques currently popular in analysis of business and marketing survey data. Main topics: review of statistical tools, factor analysis, structural equation modelling, cluster analysis, discriminant analysis, correspondence analysis and multivariate analysis of variance. Use of SPSS software. Case studies and exercises will be drawn from diverse areas of the business world.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • introduce exploratory factor analysis and structural equation modelling
  • show how multiple regression and multivariate analysis of covariance can be used to analyse survey data
  • give students exposure to logistic regression in discrete-choice modelling studies
  • demonstrate the role of cluster analysis and multidimensional scaling and correspondence analysis in understanding multivariate data
  • provide students an opportunity to become competent in the use of a statistical package (SPSS).

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour laboratory session per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3816 or 3822 or must have passed ETX2121, ETX2111 or MBA9007

Prohibitions

ETC3500, MKC3500, ETF3500, MKF3500


ETF5550 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Param Silvapulle

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Under supervision, students are expected to undertake and report on an original research topic that addresses a contemporary and significant issue in the field of applied or theoretical econometrics. Students must find a suitable supervisor and have selected an appropriate area of research in order to undertake this unit.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate the knowledge and skill pertinent to the area of research undertaken
  • survey critically the relevant literature
  • understand and appreciate the relationship of the research undertaken to that of others
  • contribute to the knowledge of the subject
  • communicate and present the findings in writing in a manner that is logical and coherent.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

24 hours per week private research


ETF5555 - Minor thesis

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Param Silvapulle

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students are required to undertake and report on an original research topic that addresses a contemporary and significant issue in the field of applied or theoretical econometrics and to present that research at seminar presentations and in a thesis of between 20,000 and 25,000 words in length. Students must find a suitable supervisor, have selected an appropriate area of research and have obtained the approval of their course director before undertaking this unit. The minor thesis is expected to be of sufficient standard and practical relevance so as to be suitable for publication in a peer-reviewed journal.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate the knowledge and skill pertinent to the area of research undertaken
  • survey critically the relevant literature
  • understand and appreciate the relationship of the research undertaken to that of others
  • contribute to the knowledge of the subject
  • communicate and present the findings in writing in a manner that is logical and coherent.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

48 hours per week private research


ETF5600 - Quantitative models for business research

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Duangkamon Chotikapanich

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The topics covered in this unit include: Review of regression analysis, Binomial dependent variables, Unordered multinomial dependent variables, Ordered multinomial dependent variables, Duration dependent variable. Computer software EViews will be used to apply these techniques to real world problems.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate a solid understanding of regression analysis; modelling and analysing relationships with binomial, unordered and ordered multinomial and duration dependent variables. Students will apply their skills and knowledge of the above topics to real situations in areas such as marketing, economics and management. They will demonstrate their ability to use the relevant software to help with the analysis of the above topics.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 35%
Examination (2 hours): 65%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour laboratory/tutorial session per week

Prerequisites

ETX2121, ETX2111, ETC1010, MBA9007 or equivalent or permission. Does not apply to course codes 3822 and 3816

Prohibitions

ETF3600, ETC4420, ETC5420


ETF9100 - Introductory applied econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Duangkamon Chotikapanich

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Econometrics is a set of research tools employed not only in economics but also in business disciplines. This unit covers the basic tools for estimation in the context of simple and multiple linear regression, the sampling properties of the least squares estimator, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. It also covers regression with dummy variables, model specification issues and estimation problems when least squares assumptions are violated. EViews is used as the software package.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • Apply econometric tools to modeling, estimation, inference, and forecasting in the context of real world economic and business problems.
  • Formulate and test hypotheses about the relationships between variables.
  • Understand the nature and consequences of violation of the classical assumptions and know how to test for violations.
  • Apply the skills and knowledge from the unit to real situations in business and economics, critically analysis and evaluate the results from applications, and make policy recommendations.
  • Demonstrate the ability to generate and analyse EViews computer output for business and economic applications.

Assessment

Within Semester Assessment: 35%
Examination (2 hours): 65%.

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour laboratory/tutorial session.

Prerequisites

Either ETF9121 or MBA9007. For students enrolled in course code 3822 no prerequisites apply.

Prohibitions

ETX9344, ETF2100, ETC2400, ETC2410, ETC3440


ETF9121 - Data analysis in business

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Ann Maharaj

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce statistical concepts and their applications to business sectors of finance, accounting, marketing and management. Topics covered include: sampling techniques, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing (for both single populations and between populations). The multiple regression models and time series models -- that are very popular in data analysis and forecasting in public sectors and industries -- will be covered in detail in this unit. Prerequisites ETX1100 or AFX9510 will not apply to students who enrol in the Graduate Diploma in Applied Econometrics, the Graduate Certificate in Applied Econometrics or the Executive Certificate in Applied Econometrics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define different sampling techniques and use Excel to generate samples from these techniques
  • demonstrate an understanding of the role of inference and hypothesis testing in statistics and their value when applied in financial, marketing and management fields
  • conduct hypothesis tests for means and proportions of single populations, identify significant differences between two populations in terms of means, proportions and variances and interpret the value of these techniques in business
  • interpret and analyse the results of a regression analysis using a linear model, a model which incorporates dummy variables, or models involving nonlinear terms
  • interpret and analyse the results of time series analysis (generated using Excel) including methods of classical decomposition and exponential smoothing.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour laboratory/tutorial session per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3814, 3815, 3816 or 3822 or must have passed ETX1100 or AFX9510


ETF9200 - Econometric analysis in business

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Paul Kim

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Presents the basic econometric methodology in model building and model evaluation in general, the treatment of autocorrelation, lagged relationship, qualitative variables, multicollinearity and heteroscedasticity. In particular, covers estimation and evaluation of multiple regression models and testing for the validity of various theories in areas of business and finance. Use of EViews software for data analysis and applied research projects.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • conduct linear regression analysis for business and economic applications
  • conduct the diagnostic tests for regression
  • evaluate the time series properties of business and economic time series
  • estimate the long run relationship among time series in business and economics
  • test for the causality among business and economic time series.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial/practical per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3814, 3815, 3816 or 3822 or must have passed ETX2121 or MBA9007

Prohibitions

ETF3200


ETF9300 - Financial econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Statistics and econometric tools to assess the time series properties and distributional properties of financial series, and teaches how to model and estimate risk-return relationship of assets; estimate and test capital asset pricing models and anomalies; and use various statistical procedures to test market hypothesis. It also introduces recent literature on modelling, estimating and forecasting financial markets' volatility. Parametric, nonparametric and simulation methods will be used to estimate the value at risk. EViews computer software will be used to carry out financial data analysis and applied research projects. No prerequisites for enrolments in course codes 3814, 3815 or 3816.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • assess the time series and distributional properties of financial data
  • evaluate the risk return relationship of financial assets
  • estimate the long run relationship among financial time series
  • analyse and model the volatility of financial returns
  • conduct the risk management analysis.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour laboratory/tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3814, 3815, 3816 or 3822 or must have passed AFF9641 or AFF9250

Prohibitions

ETC3460, ETC4346, ETF3300


ETF9350 - Econometrics for financial markets

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Bill Zhang

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit covers fundamental concepts in statistics and their applications to study typical features of financial markets; econometric tools to assess time series properties and distributional properties of financial series and testing methods for efficient market hypothesis. It demonstrates how to estimate the capital asset pricing model, arbitrage pricing model and volatility models. Parametric, nonparametric and simulation methods are used to estimate the value at risk of assets and portfolios.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse financial data using techniques of descriptive statistics, graphs and tables
  • evaluate efficient market hypothesis
  • estimate the capital asset pricing model, the arbitrage pricing theory model and GARCH models
  • compute value at risk of a portfolio
  • examine market anomalies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3814, 3815, 3816 or 3822 or must have passed AFF9641 or AFF9250


ETF9480 - Business modelling

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Roland Shami

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Provides a working knowledge of decision-making tools and techniques applicable to problems arising from business. Various optimisation techniques used in the business decision-making process will be introduced. Includes business modelling with spreadsheets, linear programming models, transportation and assignment models, network models, project-planning and scheduling models. Applications in business, particularly in management, marketing, accounting and finance will be used.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • appreciate the relevance of quantitative analytical techniques in solving business decision problems
  • formulate business decision problems as mathematical models and lay out as spreadsheet models
  • apply tools available in Microsoft Excel and algorithms to generate solutions and interpret the results
  • appraise the solutions through the use of sensitivity analysis
  • communicate the analysis and results of business decision problems.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour practical/tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3814, 3815, 3816 or 3822 or must have passed ETX1100 or equivalent or permission

Prohibitions

ETF2480


ETF9700 - Mathematics for business

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Duangkamon Chotikapanich

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The topics covered in this unit include: The Linear Model, Linear Simultaneous Equations, Non-linear functions, Financial Mathematics, Derivatives and Partial Differentiation, Optimization (constrained and non-constrained), Matrix Algebra, and Difference equations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire skills in solving equations and applying them to problems arising in business
  • understand the features of linear and nonlinear models and their applications in economics, finance and business
  • solve two and three dimensional simultaneous equations, with applications in areas including operations management
  • work with arithmetic and geometric sequences and series and use them in financial applications
  • develop skills to perform differentiation, optimisation (constrained and unconstrained) and basic matrix operations and apply them to understand and solve problems in business.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%;
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course codes 3814, 3815, 3816 or 3822 or must have passed ETX1100

Prohibitions

ETF2700


ETX5440 - Econometric theory

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Don Poskitt

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The objective of this unit is to outline the general principles that underlie what has become known as the Generalized Method of Moments (GMM). The discussion is motivated by reference to econometric and statistical techniques, and simple practical examples with which students should be familiar. It is shown that GMM finds application in many areas of econometrics and business statistics, and that GMM may be viewed as a methodology that encompasses many econometric and statistical techniques. Broad topic headings are: Classical Method of Moments and Regression (OLS and IV), GMM, Identification, Asymptotic Distribution Theory for GMM, GMM and Optimal Inference.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • build upon existing concepts developed in previous courses and to outline the basic principles under-lying what has become known as the Generalised Method of Moments (GMM)
  • outline the classical Method of Moments and relationship of Regression to the Method of Moments
  • discuss Identification and Asymptotic Distribution Theory in the context of the GMM
  • examine GMM in relation to minimum variance unbiased estimation, and GMM based inference
  • consider special cases of single equation and simultaneous equations GMM.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

ETC3400


ETX5443 - Quantitative economic policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor John Madden

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This course surveys contemporary macroeconometric and applied general equilibrium models as they are used for policy analysis. The focus of these models extends from fiscal, monetary and tax policy, through trade, tariffs and industry policy, to the environment and greenhouse gases. In their major written assignment, all students are expected to come to grips with some of the practical issues involved in policy modelling.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire an understanding of the main elements of the theoretical structure of a computable general equilibrium (CGE) model
  • acquire an understanding of how a CGE model is calibrated and implemented on computer
  • develop the ability to conduct basic simulations with a comparative-static CGE model
  • acquire skills in the analysis of the more readily interpretable model results in terms of model theory, data base, closure and shocks
  • develop an elementary understanding of the key features of dynamic CGE models.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

Two 1.5-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

ECC2010 and ETC3400 or ETC3410


ETX9000 - Business and economic statistics

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Phillip Edwards, Dr Neil Diamond

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

An introduction to descriptive statistics - the collection, organisation, presentation and analysis of grouped and ungrouped data using measures of location and dispersion; the construction of index numbers, with application to share price indices and the CPI; analysis of relationships between variables using simple multiple regression, with applications to forecasting; main ideas of probability theory as a foundation for statistical inference; concept of sampling as a way of capturing uncertainty about data; estimators and their properties; constructing and interpreting confidence intervals, testing a hypothesis, including analysis of variance.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • interpret business and economic data using descriptive statistics techniques for grouped and ungrouped data, including graphical presentations and measures of location and dispersion
  • construct and interpret index numbers with application to share price indices and deflation using the Consumer Price Index
  • describe the concept of a sampling distribution, estimators and their properties as a foundation for statistical inference, and use p-values to make inference on single population means for business and economic decision-making
  • interpret and evaluate relationships between variables for business and economic decision-making using simple linear regression, including inference, confidence intervals and prediction
  • apply the main ideas of probability theory, discrete and continuous probability distributions to account for uncertainty in data used for business and economic decision-making.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

One 2 hour lecture and one 1 hour tutorial per week

Prohibitions

AFX9510, ETC1000, ETW1000, ETW1102, ETX1100 and ETC9000.


ETX9344 - Introductory econometrics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Brett Inder

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the empirical analysis of relationships between economic variables. The approach is based on linear regression theory, and emphasises 'hands on' data analysis. Topics studied will include properties of least squares estimators, hypothesis testing, the choice of appropriate functional form, the use of dummy variables, issues around modelling survey data and the problems of serial correlation, heteroscedasticity and multicollinearity.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand and derive the properties of ordinary least squares in summation and matrix notation
  • interpret, evaluate and apply inferential methods to multiple linear regression
  • understand the use and implications of data scaling, functional form and dummy variables in regression modelling
  • identify the presence of heteroscedasticity, adjust OLS standard errors and perform feasible GLS in regression models
  • understand issues related to modelling with time-series data.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

ETC1010, ETC2010 or ETC1031

Prohibitions

ETC2400, ETC2410, ETC3440, ETC4344


ETX9520 - Quantitative methods for risk analysis

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Bruce Stephens

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Weekend On-campus)

Synopsis

Topics include the need for risk analysis and the costs involved; the nature of risk and human behaviour; risk identification and measurement techniques most commonly used in industry, including physical inspections, check lists, organisational charts, flow charts, hazard and operability studies, fault trees and hazard indices; fundamental statistical analysis, including the use of probability and probability distributions and the use of simulation models; reports and the techniques of report writing.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse risk statistically by summarising and interpreting data using techniques of descriptive statistics including the use of associated spreadsheet functions
  • analyse and evaluate risk by applying concepts of probability and of probability decisions
  • analyse and evaluate risk via Monte Carlo simulation, using @Risk software
  • evaluate decision-making strategies, including use of PrecisionTree software
  • describe and analyse the quality of production in an industrial process, using statistical control charts.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 45%
Examination (2 hours): 55%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

ETX2011, ETX3011, BUS3800, BUS5800


GSB5000 - Commercialisation project

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Nick Birrell

Offered

Clayton Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This core unit will provide students with a practical experience of the pathways that lead from scientific innovation to the creation of wealth. The unit is a research based unit in which students work alongside research scientists to explore the commercialisation potential of their scientific research. Students apply their knowledge from the business and law units to a relevant practical situation. Students will gain first hand experience in the wide range of roles involved in converting science to wealth at a personal, enterprise and economy wide level.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the separate stages in the commercialisation of scientific and technological research
  • manage the process whereby scientists protect their intellectual property
  • work with appropriate advisors to plan and manage processes to be undertaken to comply with regulatory requirements for the early stage commercialisation of a pharmaceutical , medical or technological device
  • work with scientists or technology specialists, investors and appropriate advisors on the financial considerations for venture capital and financial planning pertaining to the commercialisation of a scientific or technology based project
  • recognise the commercial potential of a scientific or technology based project that merits the protection of intellectual property and further commercialisation development
  • work as a team member and interact with a range of peers and clients in a commercially sensitive environment
  • critically analyse scientific data to determine commercial possibilities
  • write a range of business reports such as business plans, technology assessments, marketing plans and patent applications.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

The project is research based in teams and involves interaction with the supervisors,
scientists, team members and advisors on a basis that will vary from project to project. Total contact hours will be around 8 hours per week for two semesters.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course 3840 to undertake this unit


GSB5011 - Pathways from science to wealth

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Nick Birrell

Offered

Clayton Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This core unit will examine the pathways that lead from scientific innovation to the creation of wealth. The unit will allow participants to conceptualise their possible roles in converting science to wealth at a personal, enterprise and economy wide level. A seminar series from experts in special fields of relevance (such as venture capitalists, scientist, entrepreneurs, financial analysts and financial planners) forms an important part of the unit.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the separate stages in the commercialisation of scientific research
  • describe the steps required to protect scientific intellectual property
  • state the legal structure and procedures involved in regulatory affairs
  • describe the financial considerations for venture capital and financial planning pertaining to the commercialisation of a scientific project
  • write a business plan relevant to the commercialisation of a scientific project
  • participate as a team member to deliver an oral presentation on a commercial case study
  • describe the role of science in the development of a modern society
  • act with ethical and moral integrity in a commercial environment
  • predict and appreciate the ethical issues raised by scientific research for local and international communities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Contact hours

4 hours lectures per fortnight, 4 hours seminars and 4 hours group work/case studies


GSB5100 - Master of business project

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to participate in a series of individual and group based activities to assess learning outcomes across the goals of the MBus program.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • create responsible and effective global citizens
  • create critical and creative scholars
  • be able apply inter-disciplinary knowledge to contemporary business issues
  • understand the social context of business activities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

Up to 18 hours of class contact in seminars and tutorials.

Prerequisites

Students must have enrolled in 66 credit points and must have passed 48 credit points at graduate level.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in course code 3844 or 4402.


GSB5601 - Retirement funds management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

South Africa First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
South Africa First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the management of retirement funds by boards of management
  • develop the capacity to analyse the fiduciary duties of trustees
  • explain the constraints of investments of retirement benefits
  • develop a comprehensive understanding of the operational issues of retirement funds including amendments to funds, dissolution, amalgamation and transfers.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


GSB5602 - Taxation of retirement funds

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

South Africa First semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)
South Africa Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
South Africa Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the taxation of retirement funds
  • develop the capacity to analyse the tax implications on retirement benefits
  • apply and in-depth understanding of the taxation principles applicable to retirement funds
  • explain the constraints of taxation and investments of retirement funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Co-requisites

MGX5000, MGX5900


GSB9001 - Personal development - critical thinking and communication

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Peter Reed

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to critical thinking and argument evaluation and structure in both business and academic contexts.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • enable students to critically analyse what they read and hear
  • identify and evaluate arguments
  • produce rigorously constructed arguments in written and oral form.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
examination: 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prohibitions

MBA9053


GSB9002 - Personal development - managing self and relationships

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Jeff McLean

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit draws strongly on Luthans' work in positive organisational psychology, providing students with a sound theoretical and empirical grounding for developing self knowledge, empathy, decision-making and managing and leading teams.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop skills in self-reflection and critical self-analysis
  • enhance skills in managing interpersonal interactions
  • develop understanding of the dynamics of group behaviour and to acquire strategies to facilitate team development and enhance group performance.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prohibitions

MGX9940


GSB9003 - Personal development - professional advancement

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Peter Reed

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Trimester 3 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students and guides them through a process of developing a career plan. The unit is underpinned by theory and supported by research in career development, the psychology of adult development and self-realisation, and the sociology of lifestyle.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • students will be able to develop short and long term career goals, as well as personal success criteria
  • students will know how to identify and validate their self-concept and career aspirations through social feedback and market requirements
  • students will be able to identify and improve their personal qualities and competencies for continuing career success
  • students will be able to use personal development tools and methods used in leading companies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination: 30%

Contact hours

39 hours per semester


GSB9004 - Accounting for business

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Janek Ratnatunga

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit examines accounting as an information system. The information requirements of two major groups are examined - external users such as owners, shareholders, investors, potential investors; and internal users such as managers of an entity at various levels of responsibility. The first seven topics focus on financial accounting and interpretation and students develop their computer accounting skills, especially in spread sheeting and financial modelling. The second six topics focus on managerial accounting issues.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate comprehension and application of the theory, practice and use of accounting
  • analyse and communicate accounting information to users
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 45%
Examination (3 hours): 55%

Contact hours

39 contact hours


GSB9100 - Research commercialisation planning

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Max Coulthard

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will cover the business planning process required to bring research ideas, inventions and innovations to market. This includes feasibility studies, market research, intellectual property protection, risk management, strategic direction and functional planning including the marketing plan, financial plan, human resources plan, quality plan, structure and operations plan, systems and contingency planning, plus planning for growth , succession and sale.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • conduct a feasibility study on a selected research project (either team or individual basis)
  • develop the strategic direction component of the business plan covering environmental scanning, mission/vision; objective setting, strategy options and legal /management structure
  • develop the functional operations component of the business plan covering marketing, human resources, operations and finance
  • develop the systems and growth component of the business plan covering quality, information technology, innovation management and protection, growth and life cycle planning, risk management and control systems
  • conduct a feasibility study on a selected research project (either team or individual basis)
  • develop the strategic direction component of the business plan covering environmental scanning, mission/vision; objective setting, strategy options and legal/management structure.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 contact hours

Co-requisites

BTX9120


GSB9601 - General principles of retirement funds

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

South Africa First semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop and understanding of the South African retirement funds industry
  • develop the capacity to analyse reasons why employers would want to set up retirement funds
  • describe the determination of death benefits
  • explain the function and features of investments of retirement funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


GSB9602 - Legal framework of retirement funds

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

South Africa First semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop the ability to analyse the legal constraints on the determination of death benefits
  • developed an understanding of the legal framework governing retirement benefits payable by retirement funds
  • explain the legal functions and feature of administrators of retirement funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


GSB9603 - Retirement funds administration

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

South Africa First semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop the capacity to analyse obligations of employers in respect of contributions to retirement funds and the statutory administration obligations
  • develop the ability to describe and explain the functions of the consultants, administrators, trustees, principle officers, actuaries and the Registrar of the FSB in respect of administration of retirement funds
  • evaluate the difference between defined benefits and defined contribution schemes and the administration practices.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


GSB9604 - Retirement funds benefits

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

South Africa First semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the retirement benefits payable by retirement funds
  • develop the understanding of and be able to explain disability benefit
  • develop an understanding of how the legal system differentiates benefits between pension and provident funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


GSB9605 - Retirement funds governance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

South Africa First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
South Africa First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop the capacity to analyse obligations of employers in respect of contributions to retirement funds and governance
  • have the ability to describe the determination of death benefits and trustees discretionary powers
  • explain the function and features of governance and administration of retirement funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


GSB9606 - Retirement funds investments

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

South Africa First semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)
South Africa Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
South Africa Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the legal functions and features of investment consultants of retirement funds
  • develop an understanding of the legal framework governing retirement fund investments
  • develop the ability to analyse the legal constraints on the investments of retirement funds.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MBA5005 - Strategic management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Vivek Chaudhri

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Strategic management is concerned with creating organisations that create value to all stakeholders in a turbulent world. This unit integrates material from earlier units in the MBA degree, in particular from marketing, accounting, operations, individual and organisational behaviour, information technology and finance within a strategic framework. On completion of the unit students should be able to understand the key influences on the development of an organisation's strategy, analyse those influences, propose appropriate strategic behaviour for an organisation and demonstrate an understanding of how strategic change can occur within an organisation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • integrate the key influences on strategy, both external and internal
  • critically analyse the concepts and tools of strategic management
  • recommend a strategy for a firm
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week or 39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA5030 - Specialist elective 1

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and comprehension and to critically evaluate key theories, concepts, tools and techniques in a specified specialist field
  • demonstrate an ability to apply these theories, concepts, tools and techniques in an appropriate business context
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA5040 - Specialist elective 2

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and comprehension and to critically evaluate key theories, concepts, tools and techniques in a specified specialist field
  • demonstrate an ability to apply these theories, concepts, tools and techniques in an appropriate business context
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA5050 - Specialist elective 3

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and comprehension and to critically evaluate key theories, concepts, tools and techniques in a specified specialist field
  • demonstrate an ability to apply these theories, concepts, tools and techniques in an appropriate business context
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA5060 - Specialist elective 4

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and comprehension and to critically evaluate key theories, concepts, tools and techniques in a specified specialist field
  • demonstrate an ability to apply these theories, concepts, tools and techniques in an appropriate business context
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA5070 - Specialist elective 5

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and comprehension and to critically evaluate key theories, concepts, tools and techniques in a specified specialist field
  • demonstrate an ability to apply these theories, concepts, tools and techniques in an appropriate business context
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA5080 - Specialist elective 6

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit is one of six specialist units that provide students with exposure to prominent visiting professors presenting a range of leading edge topics.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and comprehension and to critically evaluate key theories, concepts, tools and techniques in a specified specialist field
  • demonstrate an ability to apply these theories, concepts, tools and techniques in an appropriate business context
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Option 1: Within semester assessment: 100%
Option 2: Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA5090 - Strategy and policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Owen Hughes

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Strategy began as a field of study with the military use of the term and by analogy later with business. The military use persists in strategic studies and the contrast between strategy and tactics. Both strategy in this sense and in the business strategy sense draw on early theorists such as Sun Tze, Thucydides, Machiavelli and Clausewitz. The aim of this unit is to link scholarship of the classic thinkers with practical experience. This unit is based on case studies with the focus on real world strategic situations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the derivation of ideas about strategy
  • demonstrate a knowledge and awareness of key thinkers about strategy in different historical and locational contexts
  • critically evaluate how these different theories can be applicable to the contemporary setting
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA5100 - New venture business planning project

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Peter Reed

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is a part of a professional track specialisation for MBA students and other faculty and university postgraduate students in the area of entrepreneurship and innovation. In this unit students will develop a business plan for an actual project that has the potential for commercialisation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate an ability to apply a broad range of knowledge and understanding of key business theories, concepts, tools and techniques in a business planning context for a new venture
  • demonstrate an ability to analyse, synthesise and evaluate a new business opportunity and to develop appropriate recommendations in the form of a consulting report
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

MBA9051, MBA9006, MBA9004 and MBA9002

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA5400 - MBA corporate project 1

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Peter Reed

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Winter semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will work closely with an academic staff member assisted by a company staff member. They will be guided through the processes of -- proposal preparation; data collection and analysis; project implementation; business planning and project reporting.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate an ability to apply a broad range of knowledge and understanding of key business theories, concepts, tools and techniques in a practical context
  • demonstrate an ability to analyse, synthesise and evaluate a business situation and to develop appropriate recommendations in the form of a consulting report
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%.

Contact hours

24 hours per week including two 3-hour lectures

Prerequisites

Completion of MBA core units

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA5410 - MBA corporate project 2

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Peter Reed

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Winter semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will work closely with an academic staff member assisted by a company staff member. They will be guided through the processes of; proposal preparation, data collection and analysis, project implementation, business planning -- project reporting.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate an ability to apply a broad range of knowledge and understanding of key business theories, concepts, tools and techniques in a practical context
  • demonstrate an ability to analyse, synthesise and evaluate a business situation and to develop appropriate recommendations in the form of a consulting report
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

12 hours per week if study is spread over two semesters or 24 hours per week if the subject is to be completed in one semester. This time will be spent on activities that will include discussions with supervisors, self guided and directed reading, library and Internet research, data gathering and analysis and write-up

Prerequisites

Students must passed all 10 MBA core units to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA9001 - Managerial and leadership skills

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Andrew Pirola-Merlo

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

On completion of this unit students will be able to: identify and develop the relevant skills and competencies they need to be effective managers; demonstrate skills in creating effective learning environments for themselves and others; study the leadership role of managers, the traditional role of management and various leadership and decision-making models. The focus of leadership is on organisational culture and values, social responsibilities and managerial ethics, managing change, creativity and innovation, and entrepreneurial behaviour.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of managerial and leadership roles and styles and the crucial contribution that managers and leaders can make to organisational effectiveness
  • demonstrate an awareness of emerging trends and issues related to managing and leading individuals, teams and organisations
  • formulate and critically evaluate alternative courses of managerial and leadership actions suited to a range of individual, work group and organisational issues
  • analyse organisational situations using appropriate conceptual frameworks in order to better understand, predict and influence the behaviour of individuals and groups within organisations
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

39 contact hours per semester

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA9002 - The legal environment of business

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Abe Herzberg

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to key aspects of the legal environment in which business operates. Topics include an introduction to law and the Australian legal system, manufacturers' product liability law, the law of contract and consumer protection laws, intellectual property law (patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets), competition law, directors' duties and corporate governance. The main focus is how managers can use knowledge of law to capture value and manage business risk. While Australian laws and the Australian legal system are the focus, students have the opportunity to compare and contract equivalent laws in other countries. No prior legal training is assumed.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate a sound knowledge of key legal and regulatory issues that affect the legal environment of business and critically evaluate how managers can use knowledge of such issues to capture value and manage business risk
  • apply relevant statute and/or case law to analyse a hypothetical case study and communicate the findings to the class clearly and in an organised manner
  • critically evaluate a self-selected contemporary law reform proposal or current development in business law and present a research paper on the topic
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (open-book): 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours per semester

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028

Prohibitions

BTC9110 and BTX9020


MBA9003 - Economics for managers

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr George Rivers

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Australia (Other) Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Economics for managers is designed to introduce students to the methodology of microeconomics and the tools used by economists in problem solving. Topics to be considered include demand, supply and market analysis, cost concepts, price determination and pricing practices. The course aims to develop an understanding of the competitive environment facing firms through analysis of varying market structures (oligopoly, monopolistic competition etc). The knowledge gained will be applied to a range of microeconomic policy issues, including competition policy, regulation, microeconomic reform and privatisation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate a broad appreciation of economic concepts and theories, the methodology of microeconomics and basic macroeconomics and a knowledge of the tools used by economists in problem solving
  • develop an understanding of the competitive environment facing firms by means of an analysis of the varying types of market competition (competitive markets, monopoly, monopolistic competition and oligopoly)
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

One 3-hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849, 0028 or 4405.


MBA9004 - Accounting for business

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Janek Ratnatunga

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit examines accounting as an information system. The information requirements of two major groups are examined -- external users such as owners, shareholders, investors, potential investors; and internal users such as managers of an entity at various levels of responsibility. The first seven topics focus on financial accounting and interpretation and students develop their computer accounting skills, especially in spread sheeting and financial modelling. The second six topics focus on managerial accounting issues.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate comprehension and application of the theory, practice and use of accounting
  • analyse and communicate accounting information to users
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 45%
Examination (3 hours): 55%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849, 0028 or 4405

Prohibitions

GSB9004, AFX9500, AFX9550


MBA9005 - Corporate finance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr John Vaz

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This course is designed as an introduction to corporate finance theories and application of theories so that solutions to key financial management decisions of for-profit organisations can be identified. The key financial decisions (capital budgeting, financing, acquisition and dividend)of managers in non-financial firms will be examined. Students will learn analytical skills to solve these problems using the body of knowledge that comes from finance theories. Students will develop skill in using the corporate finance strategy model in the project to be completed.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop a recognition and understanding of the firm as a financial entity
  • develop an understanding of the firm's financial decision-making responsibilities and their relationship with other modes of responsibility within the firm
  • develop the basic skills of calculation and spreadsheet application (as well as familiarity with the potential of financial data banks and the Internet as sources of continuously updated financial information) as to be competent to undertake computational analyses with both accounting and financial data
  • develop competences with computational skills as required by financial strategy including the application of financial cash flow models
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028

Prohibitions

AFX9540, AFF9250


MBA9006 - Marketing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Peter Reed

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an understanding of the key concepts of marketing and an insight into the role of marketing in contemporary business organisations. The unit is presented within a marketing planning framework in which marketing theories and concepts focus on the practical need of developing and implementing effective marketing strategies. It provides a foundation for MBA students wishing to undertake a range of electives in such areas as service marketing, international marketing, logistics and other marketing specialisations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and comprehension and to critically evaluate key marketing theories, concepts, tools and techniques
  • analyse the marketing environment and formulate appropriate marketing strategies
  • understand the holistic relationship between marketing and other key business disciplines
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA9007 - Business analysis

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Gerrie Roberts

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

In business, the ability to identify situations that would benefit from some hard facts derives from two constituent and attainable skills. A thorough understanding of what each technique can do, that is, what results it can produce. Second, the ability to extract a meaningful interpretation of the results that adds value and is accessible to management. The objective of this unit is to facilitate for each student the attainment of these skills by taking a very practical approach. Topics covered include data description and summation, confidence interval estimation, hypothesis testing, regression analysis, and decision making under uncertainty. Software used will be Microsoft Excel.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • enhance analytical skills by developing understanding of a range of statistical tools and techniques
  • develop understanding of the application of statistical findings in a management context
  • enhance report writing skills by developing an understanding of the process of preparing a business report based on statistical analysis
  • further enhance communication, interpersonal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 38949, 0028 or 4405


MBA9008 - Managing and leading people at work

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Mike Knowles

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Australia (Other) Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit examines the functioning of the business firm and the public enterprise as social as well as economic institutions and studies individual and group behaviour in these institutions. Social systems theory provides the general framework within which the unit is developed. Individual personality and behaviour -- human endeavour and motivation, attitude change, ability and skill development, personality and work; group composition and interaction -- interpersonal relations and social interaction, the nature and properties of groups, leaders and leadership, group effectiveness; the organisation as a whole and the way it functions at different levels of effectiveness.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • increase knowledge and understanding of human behaviour in organisations and critically evaluate contemporary models and theories in the field
  • develop attitudes and analytical skills of scientific inquiry in order to provide a valid basis for developing critical thinking in diagnosing problems and planning action
  • stimulate self-awareness and the development of oral, interpersonal skills, team and leadership skills, especially through experiential learning
  • develop personal and organisational strategies for managing human behaviour in organisational settings
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028

Prohibitions

MGX9600


MBA9009 - Managing information

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Joze Kuzic

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit aims to ensure that MBA students acquire a managerial perspective on how information systems are used in organisations. Students will develop the ability to integrate the use of information systems into day-to-day operations and to participate in the creation of long-term business strategy. All managers require a working knowledge of IS to ensure that IS and IT investments and business decisions are soundly based and of benefit to the organisation. In addition, an understanding of the use of IT can be a major factor in improving organisational and personal productivity.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine and describe the contribution of information technology, information systems and e-business to the business environment
  • assess the role of information technology and information systems in accounting, finance, marketing and HR
  • critically assess the contemporary trends in outsourcing of IT, managerial support systems and customer relationship management
  • analyse ethical practices in managing IT resources and creation of long-term business strategy, in terms of stockholders, shareholders and social contract theories
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA9010 - Supply chain and operations management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Peter O'Neill

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

In business an understanding of how collaboration between various organisations underpins the coordination and delivery of the activities to produce greater responsiveness (efficiencies) in supply chains. The focus of this unit will be on understanding the processes involved in developing collaborative partnerships (locally and globally), coordinating activities and managing supply chain issues. In this respect, acquiring knowledge of design, operations, quality and logistical activities within and across the organisation is essential for managers.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028

Prohibitions

MKX9610, MGX9890


MBA9050 - International business

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Susan Freeman, Professor On Kit Tam

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit examines the current issues, special characteristics and method of analysis relating to the conduct of international business. It provides the conceptual framework and relevant analytical skills to examine the forces that shape changing international business environments and operations, at both the macroeconomic and firm levels. A textbook, selected case studies, supplemented by lecture notes and articles in current journals are used to cover a range of main topics including international trade and investment, economic integration, foreign exchange market, the international monetary system, and the strategy and structure of international business.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop a broad appreciation of international business topics in developing and emerging markets
  • develop an understanding of how organisations make market entry and location decisions
  • develop skills necessary for involvement in international operations within large and smaller firms
  • appreciate multiple perspectives of culture, business arrangements and organisational structure and the ethics and the environmental impact of global business activities
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination: 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA9051 - Entrepreneurship and venture capital

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Denis Kiellerup

Offered

Caulfield Trimester 2 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Understanding business principles, and having the data and the will to adapt to the ever changing business environment are crucial for successful business creation and development. The principles and elements of entrepreneurship, finance procurement for new ventures and elements of business planning are integrated into a comprehensive mosaic that will allow students to explore these principles and apply them in a personal and practical way to business creation and business development.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and explore the values and principles associated with entrepreneurial thinking
  • explore elements and types of entrepreneurship and the application of entrepreneurial thinking to business development
  • understand critical financial elements in business planning
  • identify and understand the planning process appropriate to establishing a new venture
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination: 40%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MBA9052 - Project management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Joze Kuzic

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This subject focuses on a holistic approach to project management. The aim of the subject is to provide students with a high level of understanding of the processes of project management. The subject includes major topics in core and facilitating areas of project management, such as: project integration management, project scope management, project time management, project cost management, project quality management, project human resources management, project communication management, project risk management, and project procurement management.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine and describe the concepts, techniques and decision tools available to project managers
  • demonstrate the importance of strategy and prioritising for effective resource allocation and balancing a portfolio of projects
  • assess and synthesise diverse information for an integrative project management
  • create and critically evaluate innovative ideas and strategies within ambiguous and uncertain business environment
  • further enhance communication, inter-personal, problem solving and critical thinking capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028.


MBA9053 - Problem solving and critical thinking techniques

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Thomas Johnson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit is a practical, foundational course focusing on developing specific skills in critical thinking and problem solving. It will enable students to understand and apply analytical reasoning and creative thinking methods to successfully manage and solve problems in business and in general.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • recognise and avoid errors in reasoning and decision-making in business and in general
  • apply critical thinking techniques to develop and communicate clear and sound arguments and ideas for a variety of business purposes
  • use a range of critical and creative thinking methods to identify, manage and solve problems in all areas of business and in general
  • further enhance communication and inter-personal capabilities.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

39 contact hours

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in the MBA program to undertake this unit

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in one of the following courses to undertake this unit: 3183, 3184, 3185, 3189, 3190, 3191, 3195, 3196, 3197, 3198, 3837, 3839, 3849 or 0028


MGG5325 - Human resource development

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Peter Townsend

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Concepts of training and development, with specific reference to contemporary issues, including the theory and practice of international education and training.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse the purpose of human resource development, its relationship to human resource management and the achievement of organisational objectives
  • appreciate the theories of learning, as related to human resource development
  • identify and analyse the progressive components of training programs
  • comprehend the variety of applications available for education, training and development
  • develop the knowledge, skills and abilities required to be human resource development professionals.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Prerequisites

MGX9850

Prohibitions

MGX5950


MGG5352 - Management processes and systems

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Andrew O'Loughlin

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

An introduction to the service concept, service operations management and the role of operations in business strategy. Management processes and systems are introduced to cover structuring the service enterprise (the service delivery system, facility location and layout), and managing service operations (quality and productivity, queuing, facilitating goods, capacity and demand).

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse the role of operations management and its interrelationship with other organisational functions
  • develop an advanced understanding of productivity through its measurement and relationship with the operations function
  • build the necessary skills to apply and interpret the different tools and techniques that allow managers to analyse the operational environment
  • recognise the importance of adopting an integrated approach to management processes and systems within the operations management framework
  • apply management theory and practice to the workplace.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%


MGG5810 - Cultural values and management practices

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Andrea Howell

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on specific environmental cultural dimensions that distinguish organisations operating in different countries and the basis for indigenous management practices. Attention will focus on understanding work culture from the 'inside' view of the indigenous management practices rather than an 'outside' view of using western concepts to analyse indigenous management practices. Sections in the unit will be country specific and each country's work values will be studied using a common framework of how organisational effectiveness is affected by a country's external environment, micro and macro level of organisation and indigenous work culture.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • discuss issues related to the convergence versus divergence debate in the international business
  • critically analyse the need for indigenous management practices in the globalisation process
  • identify the role of cultural values in shaping indigenous management practices in the global context
  • discuss how individual differences in work values arise in global management
  • review research and practices on cross cultural work values and management practices.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Prerequisites

MGX9850

Prohibitions

MGG5810


MGG5820 - Management development for global business

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Peter Townsend

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The world of business is constantly being shaped and reshaped by social, economic and technological forces. Because of the interdependent nature of these influences, the conduct of business in one part of the globe can have profound consequences for individuals and communities in other locations worldwide. This unit seeks to develop a distinctive account of global business practices in the context of the environment in which they occur. Using an analytical framework, the subject matter will examine global business practices, especially those operating across borders. The implications of global business practices for management development will be discussed.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • be familiar with the range of definitions, concepts and issues pertaining to the management process of global business
  • develop the knowledge, skills and abilities required, with appropriate management development techniques, for international managers
  • formulate international strategic plans
  • analyse the cultures pertaining to different nations of the world
  • analyse the required management adaptation necessary to for management activities in different cultures.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%


MGG9370 - Management theory and practice

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Christine Lee (Semester 1); Dr Andrea Kirk-Brown (Semester 2)

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The nature of managerial work, classical and emergent management perspectives, and the changing environment of management. Theory and practice in the context of planning, organising, leading, controlling, communicating and decision making. Environmental agendas for change and learning organisations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the linkages between management theory and management practices (and vice versa)
  • develop an appreciation of the different theoretical approaches (paradigms) to the study of management
  • establish the relevance of theoretical concepts for an understanding of current management practices, problems and issues
  • gain an insight into the dynamic, complex and interdependent nature of managerial work
  • develop an awareness of major environmental pressures and challenges facing managers today.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%.

Prohibitions

MGX9600, MBA9008


MGG9371 - Strategic management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Ali Haidar

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Introduction to the recent literature of strategic management. Issues include strategy and the environment; business and corporate level strategy; strategic quality and change; structure and culture; evaluation and control; leadership and change management; ethics; and global strategies. Strategic management models and tools, traditional and computerised, for gathering and interpreting key organisational and environmental data to propose and justify alternative courses of strategic action.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • compares strategic management models with actual experiences
  • identifies the factors that influence managing strategies
  • outlines a practical approach to formulate and implement strategies
  • debates the factors that lead to strategy success and failure.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Prerequisites

MGG9370

Prohibitions

MGX9761, MBA5005


MGX5000 - Introductory management research methods

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Ross Donohue

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Basic introduction to research design in management; types of research designs; qualitative and quantitative data collection and measurement techniques; coding data; reliability and validity; qualitative and quantitative methods of analysis; interpreting and discussing results; structuring and writing the research report; integrating individual research into overall management literature.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • critically analyse and interpret basic research designs in the management discipline
  • construct research questions grounded in a theoretical and conceptual framework
  • assess the appropriateness, types, and use of qualitative and quantitative data collection and analysis techniques as a means of investigating and answering research questions in the management discipline
  • identify, search for, and locate secondary data and knowledge relevant to management research, as well as understanding the process of generating or collecting primary data
  • develop academic writing skills appropriate to the discipline for reporting on business management research projects.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

BEW4000 and MGX4000


MGX5010 - Mapping the business landscape

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Vivek Chaudhri

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Firms are no longer able to sustain competitive advantage on the basis of manufacturing and resource processing capabilities but are moving towards a global knowledge economy. While standard strategy constructs still form important foundations for effective managerial decision making, recourse to contemporary lines of reasoning and analytical methods are likely to deliver better outcomes. This unit ties together the general discussions around strategy in a turbulent environment by coupling some of the observations that come from adopting a game-theoretic perspective in reasoning with the analytical methods and modelling techniques from complexity theory and agent-based simulations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • provide an overview of the primary roles and responsibilities of a general manager in formulating and implementing business strategies in a dynamic environment
  • to gain an appreciation of the fundamental issues involved with integrating and coordinating the activities of different functional areas, such as marketing, manufacturing, R and D, accounting, human resource management and finance
  • to introduce the frameworks and tools commonly used in developing and assessing business strategies, in particular through the lens of game theory
  • to develop the decision making skills from the perspective of top management.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

MGX9761


MGX5020 - Business ethics in a global environment

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Jan Schapper

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop students critical thinking about the conduct of business in the global context. Through the use of film, literature and business cases, the students will explore the relationship between ethics and religion and the subsequent theories of justice, economics and enterprise across different ethical traditions. Students will be encouraged to reflect on their own moral development through analysis of ethical and unethical behaviours in business. Students will also be expected to participate in classroom discussion, activities and exercises.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explore the relationship between ethics and religion and the subsequent theories of justice and economics across different cultural traditions
  • explain the relationship between ethics, morals and values in the workplace
  • formulate ethical philosophy to explain how it contributes to current practice
  • analyse some of the competing demands on business when scrutinising the ethics of business activity
  • critically apply understanding of ethics to real-world contexts
  • develop the research skills necessary to undertake a primary research project on a topic relevant to business ethics.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

39 hours, block mode


MGX5030 - Corporate social responsibility

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Michelle Greenwood and Dr Jan Schapper

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit analyses corporate social responsibility (CSR) from a range of different perspectives. The course is designed within a framework of understanding, applying and managing corporate social responsibility in business; CSR is considered in the context of the marketplace, the workplace, in the community and the natural environment. Through the use of case studies of Australian and international companies, students will examine CSR challenges across a range of industry settings and develop strategies for responsible management.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • compare and contrast the strengths and limitations of a range of models of corporate social responsibility
  • examine the range of external and internal factors that impact on an organisation's corporate social responsibility
  • analyse the major corporate social responsibilities of business, in particular within the marketplace, the workplace, in the community and the natural environment in the context of globalisation
  • identify the tensions between conflicting business and social responsibilities
  • critique different managerial approaches to working with stakeholders to address issues of corporate social responsibility.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5120 - Contemporary Asia

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Jagjit Plahe

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit offers a general introduction to contemporary Asia, to regional problems and interactions and the relevant political, economic and other relationships, by identifying and discussing the major issues of the day and their illustration of significant regional themes. Discussion includes an analysis of relevant countries' history and culture as these affect issues and relationships.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and critically evaluate the key events and trends in socio-political, socio-economic and socio-cultural affairs in the separate nation states of contemporary Asia
  • assess the impact on Australia of selected contemporary events in Asia
  • investigate the nature of regional interactions and conflicts, based on a comparative analysis of the history, politics, economy and culture of individual countries
  • examine Australia's role in the region through a focus on her bilateral and multilateral relationships in Asia
  • select a disciplinary area of interest and conduct an individual research project on one aspect of contemporary affairs in a chosen Asian country.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5130 - Equity and diversity in the workplace

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Marjorie Jerrard

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit examines the social, economic and legal dimensions of diversity and inclusion. It aims to provide both theoretical and practical application of contemporary ideas to promote workplace diversity and inclusion. Topics include theoretical perspectives on diversity and inclusion, forms of diversity and inclusion, the legal dimensions of discrimination, the legal framework regulating diversity, inclusion, discrimination and EEO, the strategic business, HRM and employment relations issues associated with promoting diversity and inclusion, the state of workplace diversity in the Australian context, contemporary public policy issues and diversity and inclusion in a comparative context.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the concepts of diversity and inclusion applied to the workplace
  • evaluate the legal, ethical, and professional issues associated with diversity management in the contemporary workplace
  • identify the strategic business, HRM and employment relations issues associated with developing and implementing diversity and inclusion initiatives in the workplace
  • understand the legal framework regulating the management of workplace diversity and inclusion issues
  • analyse practical case studies of inclusion, diversity and discrimination in the workplace.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5171 - Managing the multinational enterprise: cases and issues

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Quamrul Alam

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Issues include the impact of culture on management and the convergence-divergence debate; centralisation versus decentralisation of decision making; standardisation versus differentiation of management activities; control versus delegation; and, competition versus partnership: new international organisation forms and implications for management.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • critically analyse the issues relating to global-local dilemma confronting multinational enterprises
  • analyse the issues relating to multinational production systems and their impact on management practices
  • develop skills to examine the global supply chain and quality management practices pursued by multinational enterprises
  • Identify the attributes that successful multinational managers should have to meet and beat the challenges of managing stakeholders
  • define the theoretical and conceptual frameworks underlying particular issues in international management
  • critically analyse the multinational management practices, and apply them to case studies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

One 3-hour class per week, block mode

Prerequisites

MGX9660

Co-requisites

Students should study this unit in the final year of their course.


MGX5181 - International business strategy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Lawrence Dooley (Semester 1); Dr Maxwell Coulthard (Semester 2)

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Theories of international business strategy. Topics include the relationship between environmental scanning and strategic planning; methods of developing a strategic plan; choice of foreign operation and its implications in terms of management control; strategic issues in choice of sole venture, joint venture and cooperative alliance modes; the impact of culture on strategy; regional and global integration; the role of government, entrepreneurship and innovation, corporate governance and corporate level strategy.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the concepts and use the tools for competitive analysis and strategic planning in the international environment
  • formulate and implement strategies for SMEs and multinational organisations in a global setting
  • identify and analyse the opportunities and dangers involved in international strategic management
  • evaluate the impact different types of foreign operations have on the internationalising organisation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3-hour class per week, block mode

Prerequisites

MGX9660

Co-requisites

It is recommended that students take this unit in the final year of their course


MGX5210 - Perspectives in organisations and management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Anne Bardoel

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit analyses schools of thought in management including rational, systems, cultural, critical and post modern approaches. These are considered from both historical and contemporary perspectives. Different metaphors, or images, are used to highlight different facets of organisational reality.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine current theories of management and organisations and identify the significance of these theories for management practise
  • critically analyse and interpret the many assumptions that underpin those theories
  • select different constructs of organisations to inform the analysis of problems and issues in organisations and large scale systems (industries, policy sectors, communities)
  • interpret organisational and management practise based on the application of a range of differing theoretical perspectives
  • develop further the verbal and written communication skills required to discuss and interpret various theories of management and organisation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3-hour class per week, block mode

Prerequisites

MGX9600


MGX5220 - Managing work, family and life

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Anne Bardoel

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

The purpose of this unit is to examine and debate the critical challenges facing individuals, families, and employers in managing work, family and life. It seeks to identify linkages between individuals, families, work environments, and society by studying the research that explores this interdependence. Implications of a number of radical changes (eg: increasing demographic and cultural diversity, greater emphasis on lifestyle balance by employed men and women, and changes in the way work is structured) on these linkages will be examined. Topics studied include work-family conflict, organisational work-life policies and programs, legal and business issues concerning work-life.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and analyse the separation of work, family and personal life from a historical perspective
  • identify the social and demographic changes of recent decades that have altered the once established dynamics of work, family and personal life
  • analyse how gender, class, and culture affects work/life linkages
  • identify the issues regarding the business and legal case for work-life initiatives
  • identify and analyse workplace and government policy initiatives aimed at helping individuals manage work, family and life roles.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Prerequisites

MGX9600


MGX5261 - Human resource management issues

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Peter Holland

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit considers emerging technological, social, economic, political and legal changes having implications for the successful management of people within the Australian context. Topics covered will alter as current issues change. Representative issues include implications of social, technological and demographic changes for HRM; philosophical orientations and ethics in HRM; the role of HRM in the strategy, development, implementation, and use of emerging technologies; alternative delivery models for HRM activities; workplace violence and bullying.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the nature of changes to the organisation of work in Australia
  • identify strategies for HR professionals to manage the challenges posed by changes in the organisation of work for both individuals and organisations
  • analyse emerging HR issues and associated challenges
  • review possible HR responses to current issues
  • critically analyse and apply HRM theory and empirical research to current HR issues.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

MGX9850


MGX5300 - Governance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Ken Coghill

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit challenges students to think through the issues that shape how communities are governed in Australia and elsewhere. Students of Australian and foreign backgrounds share their experiences in all spheres of government, the non-profit sector and the private sectors. It examines the basis of democratic society, how political systems work, and the relationships between politicians and public servants. It covers ethics and accountability, including the role of the media, and the importance of civil society -- non-government networks and activity -- in the operation of a community's governance.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the concept of Integrated Governance including the theoretical foundations, significant features, debates and governance issues affecting national societies, international regions and the global community
  • outline the roles and dynamic (i.e. constantly changing) relationships of the public (i.e. state) sector, market (i.e. corporate) sector and civil society and their institutions in governance
  • recognise and organise the main ideas relating to the good governance of a society, an international region and the global community, with particular reference to the factors affecting the capacity to adapt and implement policy in response to changing conditions in the physical, social and/or economic environment
  • create and develop ideas for reform of governance to meet particular policy objectives
  • design and investigate a research question related to governance and report the findings in an assignment, to the expected standard.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5310 - International management process

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Cherrie Zhu (Semester 1); Dr Ramanie Samaratunge (Semester 2)

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

International strategic management; ethics and social responsibility, communication and interpersonal relations; employee attitudes and motivation; cross-cultural leadership; control and conflict issues, international human resource management and comparative industrial relations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • evaluate the changing nature of international management process
  • relate management theory to varying and different cultures
  • describe and explain the complex challenges facing business and managers in a cross-cultural setting
  • critically compare and contrast a range of cross-cultural variables in the international business management environment and understand their impact on international management.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5330 - Privatisation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Graeme Hodge

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit traces the development, evolution, reform and privatisation of public enterprise. The unit takes several different perspectives, including those of history, economics, sociology and politics as well as the consumer perspective, and contributions from each are noted. The challenge of the unit for students is in achieving greater awareness of some of the fundamental drivers of privatisation, appreciating the more useful theoretical frameworks for assessing privatisation performance, and gaining a better understanding of privatisation as a key plank of public policy and public administration reform in the 1990s.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and explain the development of the use of privatisation and contracting in the public sector
  • identify and explain the various models of privatisation and contracting that are in use including public private partnerships and private finance initiatives
  • discuss and evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of privatisation models in terms of public accountability and governance
  • examine and develop understanding of the range of strategic management, implementation, and public accountability issues that are involved in privatisation, tendering and contracting
  • explain how these strategic management, implementation and public accountability issues may be best managed.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5340 - International public policy and management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Ramanie Samaratunge

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The unit provides a comparative overview of international issues affecting public sector policy and management. Topics include the concept and impact of globalisation on international public policy and management; policy analysis and implementation in a changing world; management issues in international public administration and in developing countries; notions of development; and different strategies for development. Policy formulation and management practices in selected Asian countries are examined.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe the similarities and differences between public management, public policy and governance
  • analyse the relationship between the public/intergovernmental, non-profit/community and corporate sectors at the international level
  • explore the international and global dimensions of public policy, governance and management
  • explain the similarities and differences between public policy, governance and management regimes in developed world and developing world settings
  • analyse issues and problems in international public policy and management by means of Continental/regional and national case studies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5360 - Strategic management in the public sector

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Linda McGuire

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Focusing on strategic management, this unit examines the notion of rationality, and outlines many potential alternative approaches. It draws on a broad range of practitioner experience and local and overseas case studies and academic contributions and critiques on strategic planning and management. Emphasis is on case studies through the analysis of recent organisation successes and failures in public and non-government sectors, perspectives on strategic management are articulated and explored.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and explain the theoretical foundations of different approaches to strategic management and evaluate the application in the public sector
  • evaluate the evidence on the effectiveness of strategic planning and management in the public sector
  • identify and explain the practical issues public managers confront in selecting and applying strategic planning and analytical techniques in the public sector
  • evaluate the application of strategic management concepts and techniques in particular cases
  • identify and evaluate strategic issues and actions in particular cases.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3-hour class per week

Prerequisites

MGX9270 or MPA9001


MGX5370 - Policy analysis

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Linda McGuire

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit assists students to understand how the public policy process operates and the role of interest groups in policy development, to be familiar with a range of public policy cases and to be competent in the preparation of case studies. Public policy process theory is discussed in the light of specific cases, and related to a broad range of practitioner experience.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • evaluate initiatives to make better policy
  • analyse the hope and challenges for policy analysis
  • analyse the significance of the way in which policy issues are defined, structured or framed
  • apply the craft approach to policy analysis
  • analyse current arguments about the role and scope of government and institutions.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

MGX9230 or MPA9001


MGX5440 - Public sector financial management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Linda McGuire

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The impact of financial resource allocation and management within the public sector. Implications of the integrated management cycle of resource management used extensively in public sector planning, budgeting and resource allocation, performance management and direction (implementation), reporting and review, and input to planning for the next resource allocation cycle. The emphasis is to develop each part of the cycle as an integral part of the management of resources, and demonstrate the importance of integrating finance, human and organisational resources into an overall planning structure.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explore the dimensions of public sector financial management
  • describe the key elements, players and processes involved in public sector financial management
  • explain the significance of resource allocation and management decisions within the public sector
  • analyse approaches used by governments to achieve their financial management (and broader) objectives
  • explain issues and challenges in public sector financial management.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

MGX9270 or MPA9001


MGX5461 - Contemporary issues in globalisation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Marco Michelotti (Semester 1); Professor Chris Nyland (Semester 2)

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students examine globalisation and assess its implications for the governance of the business enterprise, nation states, and relations between business and government. The unit also examines the difficulties that globalisation creates for nations and multinational enterprises in both the emerging and developed world, the open markets, and the policy responses proposed to balance economic, social and political costs.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify major political, economic and regulatory forces that underpin the globalisation process
  • critically analyse how international political and economic developments are shaping the structure of global institutions
  • evaluate how the globalisation of rules can become a source of competitive advantage for firms, governments and non profit organisations
  • identify solutions that would enhance the sovereignty of ordinary citizens over the globalisation process.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%


MGX5470 - International manufacturing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Daniel Prajogo

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Selected international studies covering issues of strategy and best practices in manufacturing and operations management. Students analyse the relevance of specific issues presented in the Australian context.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop understanding on the basic concepts of operations strategies and operations management techniques of manufacturing companies in the global competition
  • analyse the applications of operations management techniques in various situations
  • develop problems solving skills for handling key operational issues from managerial perspectives.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per night


MGX5510 - Organisational learning and knowledge management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Rod Sarah

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Organisations as open learning systems in turbulent environments; introduction to learning at the individual, group, organisational (inter-organisational and community levels); the concepts of organisational learning and learning theories, models, techniques and practices of the learning organisation; leadership, culture and organisational learning; case studies and action learning.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of organisations as knowledge based learning systems, including having an understanding of various contemporary learning and knowledge management issues, influences, models and theories
  • combine systems thinking and other approaches to describe, analyse and compare various models of organisational learning and knowledge management (OL&KM) and the way learning, knowledge and systems approaches inter relate
  • design a practically useful, theory based, model of an ideal organisational learning and knowledge management (OL&KM) system
  • examine and evaluate an existing organisation's OL&KM activities from the perspective of the model developed and their impact on organisational strategy and success.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3-hour class per week, block mode


MGX5551 - Strategic human resource management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Cathy Sheehan

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The interaction of external environment, organisational factors and strategic human resource management (SHRM) is examined from multiple perspectives. Topics may include strategic choices facing the organisation in the areas of business planning, building SHRM capabilities, transforming the HR function, and SHRM program evaluation. The implications of SHRM for organisational performance are examined.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the theoretical perspectives in organisational strategy and strategic management theory
  • develop a knowledge of competing theoretical models of strategic HRM
  • examine the relationship between theories of strategic and strategic management, and models of strategic HRM
  • evaluate the connections between strategic HRM and strategic planning processes
  • analyse the strategic planning and implementation considerations associated with key areas of HRM strategy
  • assess the importance of human resource management in enhancing organisational performance
  • review emerging strategic challenges in HRM in an increasingly dynamic and complex business environment.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3-hour class per week, block mode

Prerequisites

MGX9850


MGX5560 - Case studies in services management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Linda McGuire

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines issues in services management. The objective is for students to identify and think critically about strategy problems services. Case method is used to enable students to apply theories, and critically reflect on the application of analytical techniques to strategy problems.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and explain services management concepts and theories
  • apply concepts and techniques to analyse particular cases
  • research and evaluate information to analyse particular cases
  • identify and evaluate strategic issues and recommend actions in particular cases
  • integrate and effectively communicate analysis in presentations and reports.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%


MGX5610 - Work and employment relations in a global context

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Jagjit Plahe

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit examines national differences in work and employment practices, the historical, economic, political and cultural factors associated with these differences, and their implications for global business and other stakeholders, particularly in the Asia Pacific region. It assesses the impact of globalisation on work and employment in different national contexts, with a particular focus on the Asian economies. Topics include: internationalisation and global production systems, divergence and convergence in national systems of employment relations in European, Anglophone and Asian countries, labour management practices in multi-national enterprises, corporate social responsibility and labour standards, regulatory and institutional differences governing the management of labour.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse key characteristics of different national systems of employment relations
  • assess competing models of employment relations systems
  • evaluate competing theoretical explanations for diversity in national systems of
employment relations
  • identify the implications of employment relations for the management of labour in
different national settings
  • identify the effects of different national systems on labour market outcomes and
macro-economic performance.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5620 - Pay, participation and performance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Sandra Cockfield

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit examines principles used in pay determination in Australia and internationally, and provides a practical foundation to understanding how the design of systems of pay (and other extrinsic rewards) and participation (and other forms of intrinsic reward associated with work) can enhance individual and organisational performance. Topics include pays systems, forms of employee participation including financial participation (eg: share ownership), participation in work allocation (autonomous teams) and other forms of involvement in decision making in the workplace (eg: workplace democracy), performance management and motivation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse the scope of remuneration and reward theory
  • identify and apply innovations in pay and participation practices
  • examine the role of institutional and regulatory instruments on pay and participations
systems used in the workplace
  • evaluate different forms of employee participation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5630 - Principles of negotiation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Peter Gahan

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the principles of negotiation applied to various spheres of conflict and exchange, including work and employment relations, business and commercial conflicts, international trade and diplomacy. As well as providing an overview of key theoretical ideas, the unit draws on a wide range of bargaining exercises and simulations which allow students to place these concepts in practical negotiation situations. Topics include styles of conflict management and negotiation, negotiation strategies and situations, effective and ineffective negotiation tactics, understanding key processes and dynamics in negotiation, judgement and cognitive error in negotiations, multi-party negotiations, and the social context of negotiations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • critically evaluate the common characteristics of conflict in a wide range of exchange
relationships
  • evaluate theoretical foundations for effective negotiation
  • develop practical skills through application of concepts in negotiation exercises.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5631 - International human resource management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Kate Hutchings

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit advances prior learning in the fields of international management and human resource management. The specific area of inquiry in international human resource management is the personnel function in the increasingly diverse and complex environment of internationalisation. Based on the premise that people are a source of competitive advantage for international organisations, this unit analyses the environment, role and function of international HRM.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the purposes and scope of international human resource management (IHRM)
  • demonstrate an understanding of the differences between domestic and international HRM
  • evaluate linkages between IHRM and business strategy
  • analyse the relationship between business, government and labour internationally
  • assess the role of IHRM at varying stages of internationalisation
  • determine the relative costs and benefits of PCNs, HCNs and TCNs as international managers
  • analyse IHRM functions and process in various international settings
  • compare and contrast the value of utilising differing types of assignments (real and virtual) across projects and functions for international operations
  • critically analyse literature/theories in IHRM with reference to practice.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

MGX9850


MGX5640 - Cross-cultural management communication

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Paul Kalfadellis

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The unit looks at the ways in which cultural values are expressed in social behaviour and the communication process including non-verbal cues, in different societies and contexts. The relevance of culture to management practices is analysed and illustrated in various national cultural settings. The unit then considers contemporary issues that affect the cross-cultural communication process (eg: ethics) before considering the international negotiation process. Objectives, methods of negotiation and ways of negotiating cross-culturally are considered. The unit seeks to impart to students the ability and an awareness of how to communicate effectively in a cross-cultural setting.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the concept of culture and its determinants
  • develop an understanding of the principles of effective cross-cultural communication
  • critically evaluate the role communication and negotiations play in international operations
  • explain the negotiation process and identify and analyse impediments to effective negotiations
  • assess the relevance of culture to management practises in different cultural settings
  • identify and evaluate the links between culture, economic processes and organisations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3-hour class, block mode

Prohibitions

MGG5810


MGX5670 - Leadership

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Loretta Inglis

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

A comprehensive examination of executive leadership in Australia and internationally. Individual, group and organisational issues, specifically in terms of current leadership models and paradigms, leadership research methods, gender, ethical, and strategic issues, and the relationships between leadership and performance, group dynamics, organisational culture, and learning organisations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the purposes and scope of leadership theories and research outcomes, and identify their applications to real-life situations
  • describe and evaluate the principles and practices of management, their differences and similarities to leadership, and their relationship to leadership in an organisational setting
  • develop broad quantitative and qualitative research skills as tools to examine specific leadership styles and strategies in selected organisations
  • integrate the trends in and implications of leadership and management research in organisations, and apply these findings to the work environments as appropriate
  • critically analyse the development of leadership in relation to research outcomes and practical applications.
  • provide recommendations to assist organisations in their understanding of leadership and management principles and practices
  • obtain a comprehensive understanding of the multifaceted nature of leadership in Australia and internationally, and enhance leadership skills in the process.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3-hour class per week, block mode


MGX5700 - Re-engineering the organisation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Richard Cooney

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As organisations move into more dynamic operating environments, characterised by rapid technological change, globalisation and freer trade between nations, the relevance of functional organisational structures designed for more stable environments has been increasingly questioned. In order to remain competitive in this demand driven environment, organisations are finding they are faced with a strategic imperative to re-organise their operations to facilitate a more agile response to customers. This unit will examine and explore from both a theoretical and practical perspective the strategic implications of this need to 'reengineer' organisational processes and structures.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • outline the key concepts of business process reengineering
  • evaluate differing approaches to reengineering
  • analyse the use of process mapping tools and applications
  • evaluate project methodologies for process redesign
  • analyse the impact of process redesign on managerial work roles and employee work roles.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%


MGX5710 - The contemporary world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Kamal Siddiqui

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Contemporary international issues are examined, with emphasis on the continuing dominance of economic issues but noting the rise in cultural and religious tensions and the search for new concepts of security. The phenomenon of 'failed societies' and the response of the United States as the sole surviving superpower of international problems in the post-Cold War era provide a theme.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify key issues, institutions and ideas that shape the environment in which diplomacy and international trade are conducted
  • assess the key dynamics and trends in these issues and ideas
  • develop critical reasoning and analytical skills for analysis of the international environment
  • be able to put contemporary events in the social, political and economic context.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5730 - International trade policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Jagjit Plahe

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit will provide students with key insights regarding how trade policy is formulated, negotiated and implemented; the economic, social and cultural implications of international trade rules; the pattern of relationships that exists between trade policy and prosperity; and the implications of the global financial crisis for international trade policy. The unit focuses on the GATT/WTO System and Bilateral and Regional Trade Agreements.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • assess the advantages and limitations of the multilateral trading system in terms of its decision making processes and its agreements (agriculture, services, intellectual property, etc.)
  • explain the recent surge of bilateralism and regionalism and assess the implications of this surge for the multilateral trading system
  • evaluate the opportunities and the limitations of formally linking human rights and
environmental issues to the global trading system
  • judge whether the current global trading system treats trade liberalisation as a means to an end (the end being sustainable and equitable development) or an end in itself
  • evaluate the implications of the global financial crisis for the global trading system.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5760 - International institutions and organisations

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Jagjit Plahe

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides a detailed examination of the role played by international institutions and organisations in the process of global governance. The unit focuses on the intergovernmental sector (including regional institutions), the non-governmental sector and the multinational corporate sector. The unit is informed by the research traditions of international relations, international law, international political economy, global governance, global civil society studies, and international business. In examining the process of global governance the unit will cover the thematic areas of global trade and finance, global peace and security, human rights and the environment.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire an understanding of the theory and processes of global governance
  • acquire an understanding of the purpose, motivations and strategies of the United Nations System, regional organisations, civil society and multinational corporations
  • assess the roles of the intergovernmental, non-governmental and corporate sectors in shaping and influencing global governance
  • analyse key issues and themes relating to international institutions and organisations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5770 - Business and government

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Ken Coghill

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Students are introduced to the complex relationships between business and government in the local, regional (State), national and international spheres, eg: regulation of corporations and other business entities; national competition policy; other statutory provisions; government business enterprises, privatisation and the regulation of industry sectors; industry policy; political decisions affecting contractual and other matters; business input to policy; informal relationships. It examines various approaches to the issues of ethics, accountability and probity including reconciling transparency and 'commercial in confidence'.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the relationship between the public and private sectors and the impact that the decisions and actions of one sector have on the operation of the other
  • explain the theoretical basis, range and applications of formal and informal instruments regulating business and affecting self regulation
  • examine the approaches open to business organisations and to government to influence or direct the policy decisions of each sector
  • critically evaluate alternative structures and future directions that the business/ government interface may take
  • design and investigate a research question related to the business and government relationship and report the findings in an assignment, to the expected standard.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5780 - Principles and practices of the WTO

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Paul Kalfadellis

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit covers the operations of the World Trade Organisation. Explanation of the beginnings and basic principles of the GATT and the relevance to the WTO Agreement. Current disputes are concerned with the non-respect of basic GATT/WTO principles. GATT as a de facto international organisation and the steps towards the conclusion of the Uruguay Round. The WTO is examined as a new and formal international organisation, the legal structure of its various agreements and its accession process. The substantive rules of the specific multilateral agreements negotiated during the Uruguay Round including those on agriculture, textiles, subsidies, dumping and safeguards.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

Block mode


MGX5870 - Organisational and business dynamics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Rod Sarah

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit explores the systemic and interrelated nature of the modern organisation and its environment. It provides a strongly based theoretical framework for the understanding of these relationships and a set of skills and tools for their analysis. It provides practical experience in developing an understanding of internally developed dynamics and experience in the use of micro-world simulations for an understanding of dynamics of the external and policy-making environment. Finally, it provides an understanding of two powerful systems technologies for analysis and change in organisations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of the interrelationships between the internal structures and dynamics of a business and those of its external environment
  • develop an understanding of the tools of systems thinking and systems diagnosis and understand their application to improving managerial practice
  • develop analytic and thinking skills for application and further development in other units of the Masters
  • develop an understanding of intervention strategies that can be used to bring about organisational change.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX5900 - Research report

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Linda McGuire

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students conduct an original research project on a significant issue in management. The project can be purely theoretical; eg: a literature review leading to development of a new model and/or propositions for future research; an empirical examination such as a test of hypotheses based on primary survey data and/or interviews; a test of hypotheses based on secondary data sources, exploratory or explanatory case study work, experimental or simulation work, or the development of a methodology contributing to the solution of a significant organisational problem.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • conduct a research project on a significant issue in the field management
  • critically evaluate the extant literature based on the relevant research topic
  • design and execute a research plan, identifying appropriate methodology contributing to the overall analysis
  • critically analyse the findings in a major analytical report on the project.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

No formal classes
Can be studied by off-campus learning

Prerequisites

Permission required


MGX5901 - Research report (introduction)

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Linda McGuire

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students conduct an original research project on a significant issue in management. The project can be purely theoretical; eg: a literature review leading to development of a new model and/or propositions for future research; an empirical examination such as a test of hypotheses based on primary survey data and/or interviews; a test of hypotheses based on secondary data sources, exploratory or explanatory case study work, experimental or simulation work, or the development of a methodology contributing to the solution of a significant organisational problem.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • conduct a research project on a significant issue in the field management
  • critically evaluate the extant literature based on the relevant research topic
  • design and execute a research plan, identifying appropriate methodology contributing to the overall analysis
  • critically analyse the findings in a major analytical report on the project.

Assessment

Non-examinable component of Research report

Contact hours

No formal classes
Can be studied by off-campus learning

Prerequisites

Permission required

Co-requisites

MGX5000 and MGX5900


MGX5950 - Human resources development

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Peter Holland

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit offers a broad perspective on the development of human resources within organisations by examining the role of training and development and career development within the Human Resource Management function of a business enterprise. It examines major theories relevant to human resource development and career development, including human capital theory, the theory of the psychological contract and the theory of the learning organisation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the strategic importance of human resource development (HRD) in the success of organisations
  • assess this importance within the context of environmental pressures and government policy
  • integrate an understanding of the nature and importance of theories of learning into the development of HRD programs
  • critically assess the methods of identifying HRD needs from formulation through to evaluation
  • explain and apply models of career management
  • integrate emerging HRD themes into HRD strategies for achieving organisational objectives.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

MGX9850


MGX9110 - Diplomacy and statecraft

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Kamal Siddiqui

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Foreign policy involves relationships with other governments over which little control is directly exercised. Diplomacy as the art of persuasion is therefore an integral part of foreign policy. Just as democracy has transformed the domestic political environment of many countries since the eighteenth century, self-determination has transformed the international political environment in the twentieth century. The two traditions in statecraft -- one moral and universalist, one pragmatic and promoting the 'national interest' -- are tested in the context of bilateral, regional and multilateral modern diplomacy. Case studies in the Asia-Pacific and the challenges facing foreign policy.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire the principles and practices of diplomacy, statecraft and international relations
  • reason in an informed way regarding diplomacy and statecraft
  • analyse and report on the international political and security environment
  • read critically and construct a sophisticated argument in relation to questions of diplomacy and statecraft.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX9220 - Work and employment relations

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Peter Gahan (Semester 1); Dr Donna Buttigieg (Semester 2)

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the study of work and employment relations in
a changing and dynamic environment. The unit aims to provide students with an
understanding of the conceptual foundations of employment relations, the key
elements of an industrial relations system, and the dynamics of employment
relations in the Australian context. Topics covered include: the individual and the
employment relationship, the structure and dynamic of labour markets, the
management of employment relations in different industry and workplace contexts,
the organisation of work, bargaining and conflict, the role of unions, institutions and
the relation of employment relations, and the economic and social consequences of
different national systems of employment relations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine the conceptual foundations of work and employment relations
  • apply these concepts to developments within the Australian system of employment relations in comparative context
  • describe the main institutional features and key developments in the Australian industrial and workplace relations system
  • identify the implications of these developments for labour management practices, employee voice and participation in the workplace and representative organisations of employers and employees
  • understand the potential effects of institutions governing work and employment relations using workplace and industry case studies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX9230 - Public policy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Linda McGuire

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit introduces public policy and includes theories of public policy, models of decision-making, methods of evaluation and implementation. Case studies in Australian public policy will be analysed within this course.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define a range of models and theories that help explain how public policy is made
  • analyse the role in policy making of the institutions and processes of government
  • analyse the need for governments to respond creatively to both external pressures, including globalisation, and demands for greater community involvement in policy making and service delivery
  • evaluate the contribution and limits of policy analysis
  • evaluate the dynamics of public policy in which patterns emerge, often untidily, from both conscious decisions and the interaction of officeholders and stakeholders.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX9270 - Public management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Linda McGuire

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Major theoretical foundations underpinning both the traditional model of public sector administration and new public management approaches. Analysis of the difference between the traditional and new approaches within the context of the changing role of government. Students are exposed to the various components of management function both inside and outside the organisation, and how these are changing under new approaches to public management. It looks at the relationships between political action and public sector management, and the critical linkage of accountability. Logical frameworks and concepts are presented to provide a basis for increased personal effectiveness within government.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and explain the theoretical foundations of reform by comparing the traditional model of public administration and public management
  • identify and assess the arguments for and evidence on the effectiveness of different public management approaches
  • identify and assess the practical issues public managers confront in implementing public management reforms
  • identify and explain as the tools, knowledge and skills required by contemporary public managers
  • illustrate and evaluate the changes in public service delivery methods and discuss the implications for the role of public managers.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX9280 - Leadership theory and practice

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Andrew Pirola-Merlo

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is an introductory overview of organisational leadership, with the aim of developing knowledge, skills and understanding of the multifaceted nature of organisational leadership in relation to work-relevant factors. Concepts and issues examined during the course of tuition include the nature of leadership; from management to leadership; traits, behaviours and relationships; contingency approaches; leadership vision and strategic direction; leadership communication; shaping culture and values; leading a learning organisation; motivation and empowerment; leading teams; leadership and multiculturalism; and leading change.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • acquire an insight into and understanding of the differences between management and leadership in order to enhance leadership and research skills
  • develop a better capacity to analyse and report on domestic and international issues directly related to organisational leadership both generically as well as within real-life workplaces
  • acquire an overview of the voluminous research literature on leadership in order to better promote leadership development
  • develop an awareness of the various constructs of leadership and their relevance to organisational effectiveness, change, and sustainability.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX9420 - E-business

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Samir Gupta and Professor Amrik Sohal

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The primary aim of this unit is to introduce concepts, theories and issues associated with a first exposure to e-business. The unit will raise a number of issues and topics around e-business in a survey of the main points that students need to consider in advancing their understanding of what e-business is and how it works.
This unit is based upon lectures, cases, class discussions and guest speakers. All of this is a reflection of the dynamic nature of the subject matter and represents our efforts to make certain that the material discussed in class is leading edge, up to date and in tune with what is going on in the area.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • provide a broad appreciation of e-business in Marketing and Management and understand the drivers of e-business and its effect on competition
  • predict the structure of an e-business enabled industry and discuss the linking roles of technology in business
  • understand how business models change as a result of e-business and highlight key problem areas when contemplating moving to e-business in Marketing and Management
  • understand the application of e-business on Supply Chain Management.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX9600 - Managing people and organisations

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Mary Anderson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Individual behaviour in the organisation, including topics such as personality, perception, values and attitudes, socialisation and motivation. Group behaviour, including topics such as group structure and properties, group and team development, and leadership. Organisational analysis, including structure, design and culture. Organisational processes, including ethics and social responsibility, decision making, power and influence, stress and conflict management.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the purpose and the range of activities associated with the effective management of people in organisations
  • evaluate the importance of the individual, the team and the organisation's contribution to the effective performance of work
  • analyse the relationship between the development of theory, behaviour in organisations and management practice
  • assess the role of ethics and social responsibility in determining the culture of an organisation in the overall conduct of its business
  • critically analyse and apply current management theory and research to current organisational issues.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3-hour class per week, block mode

Prohibitions

MBA9008, MGG9370


MGX9660 - International business theory and practice

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Sharif As-Saber

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Management implications of major internationalisation theories; the planning requirements in going international and management issues that arise in an international setting.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the concept of international business from a multi-disciplinary perspective
  • explain the diversity and complexity of the international business environment
  • provide a historical overview of the evolution of the international business phenomenon
  • discuss the economics and politics of international business transactions
  • analyse the concept of globalisation and its impact on businesses worldwide
  • describe the firm internationalisation process
  • examine the economic, social and political implications of multinational corporate activities
  • extend awareness of global issues based on current affairs and their implications for international business.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


MGX9720 - Managing organisational change

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Melanie Bryant (Semester 1); Mrs Nell Kimberley (Semester 2)

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Examines change management from both theoretical and practical perspectives. Theory relating to employee responses to change and promoting readiness for change. Organisation Development -- characteristics of OD, process models, role of the practitioner, interventions; Organisational transformation -- nature and characteristics, models, strategic change leadership and capability.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • recognise the challenges and issues arising out of organisational change initiatives
  • recall various change models and frameworks, their foundations and relative strengths and weaknesses
  • apply change models and concepts to real-life organisational change
  • identify the skills and abilities required to be an effective change agent
  • apply basic research skills to a real-life change scenario
  • develop reflective and evaluative skills as a change agent.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hour class per week, block mode

Prerequisites

MGX9600 or MGG9370


MGX9761 - Strategic management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Quamrul Alam

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Identification and evaluation of the firm's competitive position, its markets, government policies, social issues, emerging trends and key factors which are critical for success in its environment. The crafting of an appropriate strategy supported by structure, controls and rewards.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the dynamic nature of business and the strategic management processes employed by businesses to gain sustainable competitive advantage
  • develop analytical skills to plan the future of an organisation in its competitive environment from the viewpoint of the Chief Executive
  • identify the necessary skills for developing and implementing strategies that will enable the organisation to achieve competitive advantage and sustainability
  • critically analyse the strategic management theories and practices to apply to organisational realities
  • develop management skills and knowledge to examine strategic management challenges from strategy, change and learning perspective.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3-hour class per week, block mode

Prerequisites

MGX9600

Prohibitions

MGG9371


MGX9850 - Human resource management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Cathy Sheehan

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Introduction to the field of human resource management. Topics include the strategic role of human resource management, the contribution of HRM to competitive advantage, job design, staffing, performance management, strategic compensation and reward systems, developing employee capabilities and assessment of HRM strategies and practices.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define the purpose and the range of activities associated with the area of Human Resource Management (HRM)
  • differentiate between models of Personnel and HRM
  • analyse and evaluate the strategic contribution that can be made by the HR function
  • analyse and explain each of the activities normally associated with HRM
  • evaluate the strategic impact of each of the HRM activity areas
  • critically analyse and apply HRM theory and empirical research.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3-hour class per week, block mode


MGX9940 - Managerial effectiveness

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Jeff McLean

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Theories and practices relevant to personal and managerial competencies, including how managers learn, individual learning styles, developing specific managerial competencies, learning to learn, self management, integrating managerial competencies with management development and facilitating a learning environment.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and examine a range of concepts and theories of personal and managerial effectiveness as they relate to their own lives and their careers in organisations
  • demonstrate the ability to identify and develop the relevant skills and competencies they need to be effective managers and people today and in the future
  • select and apply relevant 'learning to learn' principles including accelerated learning principles and techniques to create an effective learning environment for themselves and others
  • critically reflect upon behaviours to identify the practical application of the concepts examined in the unit.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3-hour class per week, block mode

Prohibitions

GSB9002


MKF5140 - Merchandise planning and control

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Andrew Cavanagh

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)

Synopsis

A conceptual framework for the planning, integration and control of the retail merchandise management function.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify the elements within the process of merchandising
  • explain how the various components of a merchandise plan fit together
  • analyse the increasing impact of ethical considerations on retailer-supplier relationships
  • critically evaluate a retail supply chain
  • analyse the increasing impact of technology on the merchandising function.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKF9810


MKF5150 - Major project

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr David Stewart

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Caulfield Full year 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Caulfield Second semester to First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

The major project will be the capstone unit in the degree, drawing together concepts and applications from all other units.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and conduct supervised independent research in an appropriate area of interest to business
  • critically evaluate the literature relevant to the selected area of interest
  • apply skills and concepts gained through previous studies
  • contribute to applied marketing knowledge.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

24 hours

Prerequisites

Permission required


MKF5200 - Assessing marketing performance

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Samir Gupta

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Evaluation of a marketing program is a critical ingredient of the marketing director's role. This unit examines various means of diagnosing, assessing, tracking and evaluating performance and modifying actions to improve marketing operations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • conduct a comprehensive marketing audit
  • determine the adequacy of the existing organisational information systems and marketing effectiveness measures
  • complete a strategic marketing policy review and design information systems to improve control and modify analysis procedures
  • present the audit approach (philosophy); key information issues, control and modification procedures to class
  • develop and adopt marketing audit model to suit circumstances.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160 or MBA9006. Students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.


MKF5231 - Strategic brand management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Colin Jevons

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit will cover customer-based brand equity; brand vision, positioning and
values; components of a brand, services branding; planning brand marketing
programmes; points of parity and points of difference; implementing and resourcing
brand marketing programmes; measuring and evaluating brand equity, its sources
and outcomes; building a consistent integrated brand strategy and brand extensions;
branding of new products; international brand management; reinforcing, revitalising,
and retiring brands; and overall strategic brand management.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine the brand and the various functions of brand management
  • understand the various components of a brand and how they interact
  • analyse branding techniques and apply them to a variety of different issues
  • generalise and hypothesise from branding theory into branding practice

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed one of the following units MKX9160, MBA9006 or MKX5461


MKF5270 - Strategic marketing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Erica Brady

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)

Synopsis

Current and emerging policy issues. Strategic analysis, the impact of technology on marketing and implementation of strategy within the organisation. Critical review of current marketing directions and critique of traditional theories. Topics include exchange theory and process, relationship marketing, strategy and its role in the organisation, ethics, history and marketing theory.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • use a pragmatic framework to determine environment specific marketing strategies
  • identify strategic issues that are relevant to a range of different competitive situations
  • evaluate strategic analysis tools for their validity and practical application
  • develop strategies to deliver superior value to targeted customers at a price allowing targeted profitability.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

36 points from graduate marketing units including MKX9160.
Students enrolled in course code 3802 must have completed 36 points from graduate marketing units.

Prohibitions

MKX5251


MKF5271 - Product management and planning

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Profesor Sally Joy

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the new product management process including the identification, development testing and ultimate launch of a new product. The unit also covers a selection of issues facing product/brand managers and companies today, such as the importance of speed to market, how to effectively manage an existing product/brand portfolio and how to structure for innovation in a dynamic marketplace.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain the role and scope of product management and planning
  • critically review select literature relevant to product management and planning such as how to foster an innovative culture and the importance of speed to market
  • formulate actionable solutions to product management and planning problems via the analysis of industry scenarios/case studies
  • critically evaluate the theories underpinning product management and their application in a business context via a major new product development project.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160 or MBA9006. Students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.


MKF5280 - Marketing environmental sustainability

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Sally Joy

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to work in a business environment where the sustainability of marketing practices is a source of competitive advantage. It examines the 'green' consumer and provides students with a framework to develop a marketing strategy within a world that is increasingly concerned with the environmental impact of business decisions.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • understand the concept of green marketing and its origins
  • analyse the factors that influence the decision making of the 'green' consumer
  • evaluate the pressures on businesses to adopt more sustainable business practices and how these pressures impact on marketing activities
  • have the ability to create a framework for a sustainable marketing approach.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160


MKF5301 - Minor thesis

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research report in an advanced area of interest applying the knowledge, concepts, tools and techniques acquired in other units in the program to a business-oriented research project.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and conduct supervised independent research in an appropriate area of interest to academic marketers
  • critically evaluate the literature relevant to the selected area of interest
  • broaden and deepen understanding of research methods in marketing
  • contribute to marketing knowledge.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Prerequisites

Permission required


MKF5391 - Sales management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Kimble Montagu

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Topics include the nature, role and scope of sales management; the sales organisation; the selection, recruitment, training and development of sales people; the motivation, compensation and evaluation of sales people; the sales process; sales forecasting and estimating market potential; sales budgeting and profitability; planning sales territories; determining sales quotas and the optimum allocation of sales effort and resources.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • evaluate different selling situations and select appropriate selling approaches to implement
  • demonstrate an ability to communicate in a persuasive and professional manner to a group or to an individual whether during a formal presentation or otherwise
  • apply appropriate writing skills to produce quality business reports
  • recall the key elements of sales management, personal and selling, specific to business relationships.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160. Students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.


MKF5401 - Developing marketing orientation

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Sandra Luxton

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an understanding of how an organisation can encourage and develop a market-oriented approach and resultant benefits. This includes an examination of what constitutes a market orientation, and how this can be measured and evaluated within an organisation. The impact that organisational culture, internal marketing and management strategies will have on the development of a marketing orientation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of what constitutes a market orientation and recognise the benefits to be derived from developing a market oriented approach
  • evaluate the level of market orientation within an organisation and understand the impact of an organisational culture
  • be able to suggest and implement internal marketing strategies to develop a market orientation
  • have a deeper understanding of how environmental forces affect the development of a market orientation and the practice of marketing in organisations
  • gain an understanding of contemporary marketing and management issues and their impact on the market orientation of the organisation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160 or MBA9006. Students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.


MKF5403 - Advanced business research methods

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Yelena Tsarenko

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)

Synopsis

An in-depth introduction to the critical thinking and planning required in the initial stages of a thesis or research project. Development of a literature review, research model and research proposal.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • develop an understanding of how to formulate a theoretical framework for a marketing problem/opportunity
  • provide an understanding and appreciation of qualitative and quantitative research techniques
  • provide an understanding of how to conduct data analysis
  • develop a comprehensive case study and a comprehensive research report
  • develop a capability of communicating research findings.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKF9120 and either MKX9160 or MBA9006 or an undergraduate major in Marketing. Students with an undergraduate major in Marketing will need to contact the course director for approval before enrolling in the unit.


MKF5463 - Advanced buyer behaviour

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Harmen Oppewal

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)

Synopsis

Explores the role and contribution of the behavioural sciences of the field of buyer/consumer behaviour and marketing through critical reading of current consumer research literature and the application of theory to the analysis of consumer behaviour in relation to two competing products. Includes literature review, group project and presentations.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe, identify and critically assess the role and contribution of the main paradigms in the behavioural sciences to the field of buyer/consumer behaviour and marketing decision making
  • analyse and critically assess the nature of explanation from a range of perspectives and describe the debates over what constitutes a 'scientific' explanation
  • analyse selected topics from the current consumer behaviour literature from different and multidisciplinary perspectives and critically compare and evaluate these perspectives
  • critical evaluation of the usefulness of some of the core concepts in the consumer behaviour literature for marketing practice.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKF9120 and either MKX9160 or MBA9006 or an undergraduate major in Marketing. Students with an undergraduate major in Marketing will need to contact the course director for approval before enrolling in the unit.


MKF5500 - Survey data analysis

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Felix Mavondo

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit adopts a very practical approach to introducing multivariate statistical techniques that are currently popular in the analysis of business and marketing survey data. The main topics covered are: a review of statistical tools, factor analysis, structural equation modelling, cluster analysis, discriminant analysis, correspondence analysis and multivariate analysis of variance. SPSS software will be used for problem solving. The emphasis will be on understanding, interpreting and reporting results of the analysis and on the proper use of techniques. Case studies and exercises will be drawn from diverse areas of the business world.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • introduce exploratory factor analysis and structural equation modelling
  • show how multiple regression and multivariate analysis of covariance can be used to analyse survey data
  • provide exposure to logistic regression in discrete-choice modelling studies
  • demonstrate the role of cluster analysis and multidimensional scaling and correspondence analysis in understanding multivariate data
  • provide an opportunity to become competent in the use of a statistical package (SPSS).

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

ETX2121, ETX2111 or MBA9007

Prohibitions

ETC3500, ETF3500, MKC3500, MKF3500


MKF5511 - Monash Australian marketing study program

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Sandra Luxton

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This program is designed to expose students to the thinking of some of Australia's leading marketers. Students are expected to gain an in-depth understanding of critical factors that impact on marketing strategy decision making including marketing communication, branding, sponsorship, globalisation, research, customer services and retailing within the context of the Australian domestic business environment. In addition to the standard unit fees payable for this unit, students are required to pay for airfares, transfer and accommodation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine the key domestic marketing strategies and key marketing functions impacting on Australian businesses
  • understand the various components and elements of bench mark marketing strategies and practices
  • analyse key marketing theories and frameworks and their application in specific industries.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

Participation in a two day study block prior to the study tour.
Company visits and group seminars: 20 hours.
Post program: 1 day study block of 6 hours.

Prerequisites

30 points from graduate marketing units including MKX9160.
Students enrolled in course code 3802 must have completed 30 points from graduate marketing units.


MKF5521 - International study program in marketing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Sandra Luxton

Offered

Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Trimester 2 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The program is designed to expose students to the thinking of some of the world's leading marketers. Students are expected to understand the critical factors associated with marketing in an international arena such as culture, marketing communication, branding, sponsorship, globalisation, research, e-marketing, customer services and retailing. In addition to the standard unit fees payable for this unit, students are required to pay for airfares, transfer and accommodation.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine international marketing and the forces impacting marketing at an international level
  • analyse basic theories and concepts relevant to international marketing and examine how these theories and concepts can provide insight into, and an understanding of marketing in an international context
  • compare a number of senior marketing managers perspectives and marketing strategies
  • critically analyse the impact of economic, geographic, demographic and social forces on international marketing
  • evaluate the importance of cross cultural issues on marketing and their impact on international marketing strategy.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

Participation in a five day study block prior to the study tour.
Company visits and group seminars: 20 hours.
Post program 1-day study block: 6 hours.

Prerequisites

30 points from graduate marketing units including MKX9160.
Students enrolled in course code 3802 must have completed 30 points from graduate marketing units.


MKF5630 - Services marketing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

An in-depth analysis of the marketing techniques that apply to service organisations and industries including service design and delivery, customer service, service quality measurement and internal marketing.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • gain an appreciation of the unique challenges inherent in marketing and managing services and developing and delivering quality services
  • integrate the strategies, tools and approaches for addressing the unique challenges associated with the marketing of services
  • apply a knowledge of service quality to an actual business context
  • become a more successful and effective manager and consumer through the understanding of the design, delivery and communication of the service offer
  • explain the inter-functional coordination necessary to deliver a quality service.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 40%
Examination (2 hours): 60%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160 or MBA9006. Students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.


MKF5703 - Direct marketing: creative and media

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr David Stewart (Program Director)

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)

Synopsis

Creative and media strategy development and execution. Understanding consumer behaviour and their interactions with specific media. Media used in direct marketing; including lists, Internet, World Wide Web and other interactive media. Students will study and apply models to determine the effectiveness and financial impact of creative and media on achieving objectives.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • describe in detail from a practitioner's point of view the creativity and channel variables that are required to make direct marketing successful
  • analyse the nuances in creative design for different audiences that make the difference between success and failure
  • evaluate the pros and cons of available direct marketing channels.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 70%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9701


MKF5990 - Marketing graduate seminar

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Felix Mavondo

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

On completion of this subject students should be able to clearly present and capably defend a research paper, based on their thesis, to their colleagues. This graduate seminar is compulsory for research students in the Department of Marketing. It is a non-weighted subject that is taken in addition to any prescribed coursework. Research Masters candidates are required to present one seminar and PhD candidates are required to present two seminars over the course of their program.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • engage in the academic life of the Department through participation in seminars
  • demonstrate competency in critiquing research presentations
  • demonstrate competency in providing constructive feedback to colleagues' work
  • present a research project and receive comments from colleagues as part of Confirmation or Upgrading
  • participate in Faculty and University seminar series as appropriate.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%


MKF9110 - Theory and process of buyer behaviour

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Sally Joy

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Essential concepts in psychology and sociology relevant to consumer and organisational behaviour; essential frameworks, models and concepts; fundamental processes of motivation, perception and learning in individual behaviour; nature and influence of individual predispositions, including personality characteristics, attitude formation and change; the social influences of culture, class reference groups and family; consumer decision processes; diffusions of innovations and fads; links to and organisation/aspects of industrial buying, organisational decision making processes and influences, links and relevance between individual and organisational buying behaviour.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • examine the origins and nature of buyer behaviour and explain the role of marketing in satisfying buyer's needs and wants
  • explain the importance to marketing of having a good understanding of buyer behaviour and its influence on marketing strategy
  • discuss the basic theories and concepts relevant to buyer behaviour in both consumer and organisational contexts
  • analyse how these theories and concepts can provide insight into and help explain buyer behaviour in contemporary environments
  • analyse and research buyer behaviour in a range of contexts and from a variety of perspectives.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Co-requisites

MKX9160


MKF9120 - Marketing research

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Stephen Saunders

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Topics include the nature and conceptualisation of research problems; theory building; exploratory and qualitative research; literature and secondary data reviews; data collection methods; measurement concepts; sampling and fieldwork; sources of error, evaluation of statistical and practical significance; data analysis and presentation; report writing; examples of industry applications.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • provide a working knowledge of key concepts and methods used in marketing research
  • develop a capability in formulating a theoretical framework for a marketing problem/opportunity
  • provide an understanding of how to formulate a research design
  • provide experience at developing and presenting a research proposal.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week


MKF9420 - E-business

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Samir Gupta

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The primary aim of this unit is to introduce concepts, theories and issues associated with a first exposure to e-business. The unit will raise a number of issues and topics around e-business in a survey of the main points that students need to consider in advancing their understanding of what e-business is and how it works. This unit is based upon lectures, cases, class discussions and guest speakers. All of this is a reflection of the dynamic nature of the subject matter and represents our efforts to make certain that the material discussed in class is leading edge, up to date and in tune with what is going on in the area.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • provide a broad appreciation of e-business in marketing and management and understand the drivers of e-business and its effect on competition
  • predict the structure of an e-business enabled industry and discuss the linking roles of technology in business
  • understand how business models change as a result of e-business and highlight key problem areas when contemplating moving to e-business in marketing and management
  • understand the application of e-business on Supply Chain Management
  • learn how to conceptually link strategy and performance to e-business initiatives and consider the implications of e-business for individuals and society as well as organisations.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week


MKF9790 - Banking and financial services marketing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Steve Worthington

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Characteristics of services, market research for financial services, service quality measurement and management, internal marketing, buyer behaviour and the financial services customer, pricing and promoting financial services, trust and word of mouth advocacy, relationship marketing, and the internationalisation of the Australian financial services sector and the consequences for marketing.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • enable discrimination amongst the general principles of financial services marketing
  • provide an ability to evaluate the opportunities and challenges that are inherent in the marketing of banking and other financial services
  • enable critical evaluation of the tools and techniques used in the marketing of services generally and to judge to what extent these can be used in the marketing of banking and financial services.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2.5 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week


MKF9810 - Retailing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Ms Karen Lurati

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)

Synopsis

The management of retail organisations, the application of technology in retail organisations and the application of retail strategic and financial planning. Issues, problems and practices involved in managing a retail operation; the role of the retailing industry in distribution, its structure and its dynamics; retail merchandise planning, buying and control; retail store location, layout, presentation and management; current theories and techniques used in the formulation and implementation of retail business strategy.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • define retailing and its strategic development
  • demonstrate an awareness of the issues, problems, opportunities and practices involved in managing a retail operation
  • describe the principles of retail merchandising, retail formats, retail branding, retail technology, retail experience
  • provide some insights into the management of human resources within a retail business.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

Split Block, OCDL


MKP9311 - Special studies in logistics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Materials and logistics management; marketing and customer service; logistics channels' customer satisfaction; distribution management; inventory management; transportation; warehousing decisions; procurement and sourcing strategies; logistics information technology; supply partnerships; distribution planning; logistics organisation; human resources management.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:
+ apply integrated logistics and supply chain management concepts in a directed learning context.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of all units in Graduate Diploma in Logistics Management.


MKX4900 - Independent research project

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Jan Brace-Govan

Offered

Caulfield Full year 2009 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A major research project applying the procedures and techniques learned in MKF4030. Students prepare and write a report in such a way to pave the way for a higher academic degree in marketing or management or a career in business.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify a marketing or business issue in the research literature which has either not been adequately researched previously or which requires replication
  • critically review relevant academic and business research which relates to this issue
  • develop a model or conceptualisation of the proposed research and an appreciation of the relevance of such studies to the business community
  • develop a set of hypotheses to be tested, propose research into these hypotheses, by means of a specific research proposal
  • conduct, analyse and report findings of the research so that all main issues are identified, limitations of the research are identified and the research findings are linked back to earlier studies in the literature.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Prerequisites

Students must be enrolled in course 0508 to undertake this unit


MKX5123 - Marketing innovation planning

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Terry Grant

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Summer semester B 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to give students the ability to develop entrepreneurial business plans for new products and new ventures. The emphasis is on understanding planning from the perspective of an entrepreneur. Topics covered include: the entrepreneurial process, opportunity screening, team building, the entrepreneurial mind, financing innovation and entrepreneurship, shaping an entrepreneurial strategy, developing and presenting the entrepreneurial business plan.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • identify and analyse the elements of innovation underlying new products and services
  • evaluate and explain the nature of competitive environments and their impact on innovative behaviours
  • recognise, evaluate and document profitable and durable opportunities
  • describe and evaluate the 'value' component of funding innovation
  • explain the processes involved in the continuing 'creation of value' in the growth stages of an innovative idea, and how to develop exit strategies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160 or students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.


MKX5241 - Sport marketing and sponsorship

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Associate Professor Francis Farrelly

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)

Synopsis

The unit introduces the omnipresence of sport in Australian society, the interconnectedness of sport and business, particularly marketing, and those factors that differentiate sport marketing from mainstream marketing. The unit will draw on the rapidly expanding body of literature on sport marketing and sponsorship. Students will also be introduced to the most current marketing concepts and their relevance to sport marketing and sponsorship. Students will develop an appreciation of sport sponsorship as a co-marketing alliance.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • discriminate between the marketing of sport properties, and the marketing through sport properties in the form of sponsorship and the implications for strategy development
  • critically assess the relevance of the contingency marketing planning framework for sport marketing
  • develop a fan profile based on level of team identification as an indication of fan loyalty
  • determine the role of sponsorship in marketing and in particular in marketing communication and branding strategy
  • critically analyse effective methods for evaluating sponsorship.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hrs): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160 or MBA9006. Students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.


MKX5251 - Case studies in strategy

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Bill Pickett

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Using the case study method this unit provides an analytical framework from which students can explore how marketing strategy is applied to a variety of organisations within the context of contemporary and emerging issues. Students will be taught how to analyse, evaluate and implement marketing strategy. As this is the capstone unit in the Master of Marketing degree course, a theoretical grounding in the earlier core marketing units is essential for students undertaking this unit.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • integrate the theoretical and functional aspects of marketing (and other business disciplines) into a practical problem-solving framework
  • analyse information supplied from a case and identify the core marketing problem
  • design, evaluate and recommend marketing strategies that solve the identified core marketing problem
  • develop personal communication and discussion skills.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

Students must have passed 48 credit points at graduate level.

Co-requisites

Students must have enrolled in 66 credit points and must be enrolled in Master of Marketing.

Prohibitions

MKF5270


MKX5260 - International marketing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Kimble Montagu

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Non-domestic market opportunities and appropriate techniques to identify, develop, monitor and manage the international environment.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • analyse the role of economic development international trade and, environmental factors in global marketing
  • identify, evaluate and select attractive global markets
  • apply marketing concepts and models in analysing and formulating global marketing plans
  • critically assess strategic approaches used in global marketing
  • develop and evaluate cohesive marketing strategies for organisations involved in global marketing and formulate global marketing programs for a hypothetical or real product and organisation.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160, MKX9550 or MBA9006. Students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.


MKX5371 - Business to business marketing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Samir Gupta

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus split block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students operating in a business-to-business (as opposed to a business-to-consumer) marketing environment. The various approaches the business-to-business marketing are reviewed, including the business-to-business marketing mix, operating in networks, the use of relationships, managing multiple channels, and segmentation of business-to business customers. The focus of the course is on developing strategies for business-to-business markets. The unit features both lectures, and tutorials, where students are encouraged to examine the practical application of business-to-business marketing principles.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • apply the concepts and theories of business-to-business marketing from a manager's perspective
  • explain the knowledge of the evolution of business-to-business marketing thought
  • analyse the basic techniques and tools of business-to-business marketing as applied to the current and likely future Australian and international business environment
  • formulate, implement and present business-to-business marketing strategies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160 or students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.


MKX5461 - Contemporary issues in marketing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Ian Walker

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an in-depth exposure to contemporary issues in marketing and in particular to the relationship between observed marketing practice and extant marketing theory. Taught in seminar format, the unit requires significant interaction between students and presenters.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • recognise and evaluate some of the contemporary issues facing organisations and particularly marketers and marketing in today's dynamic marketplace
  • examine how traditional marketing theory, structures, concepts, techniques and practices may become emerging issues, transformed by new knowledge or impacted by alternative perspectives
  • explain a number of contemporary issues and their impact in detail
  • analyse existing literature to gain insight into selected current and future issues that will impact business and marketing in particular
  • recommend and compose responses to existing or potential marketing issues.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKF9120 and either MKX9160 or MBA9006 or an undergraduate major in Marketing. Students with an undergraduate major in Marketing will need to contact the course director for approval before enrolling in the unit.


MKX5561 - E-marketing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Mr Kevin Argus

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (DE-ONLINE)

Synopsis

Traditional business disciplines are starting to appreciate the fundamental challenges presented by the application of technology to their knowledge base. In marketing the most visible agent of change has been the WWW and online transacting which has already revolutionised a number of sectors of the world economy. This unit takes marketing and traditional views of marketing and exposes then to critical analysis in the light of technological change. It explores how marketers can utilise different ways of understanding, creating, communicating and delivering customer value in the marketplace.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • provide an appreciation of new electronic communication technologies and their potential as platforms for marketing applications
  • develop an understanding of the challenges presented to marketers by the emergence of information products
  • provide an insight into how traditional marketing structures and concepts, techniques and activities translate into the new market medium
  • traverse the marketing/technology interface within organisations and focus technological opportunities upon the generation of realisable benefits and customer value.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 60%, Examination (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9160 or MBA9006. Students enrolled in course 3802 have no prerequisites.


MKX5611 - Advanced supply chain management

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Dr Margaret Matanda

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to expose students to contemporary thought and practice in logistics and supply chain management. The unit will elaborate on the extension of logistics management across organisational boundaries. How organisations are using logistics and supply chain management as a competitive tool will also be covered. Students will be able to gain appreciation through the critical study of contemporary research publications in the area. The practice of leading edge organisations will also be studied. Students will have the opportunity to apply new concepts in case studies and in their own organisations through assignment work.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • explain in detail the elements of integrated supply chain management
  • critically evaluate contemporary literature in the field of logistics and supply chain management
  • apply contemporary logistics and supply chain management concepts to an organisation
  • formulate logistics and supply chain strategies.

Assessment

Within semester assessment: 50%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9610


MKX5641 - Advanced marketing communication

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Irene Powell

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to extend knowledge and understanding beyond that covered in introductory marketing communication theory, and to develop improved skills to apply this understanding to practical and challenging communication scenarios. In particular emphasis will be placed on critical analysis and insights gained from exposure to the literature and professional practice in marketing communication.

Objectives

The learning goals associated with this unit are to:

  • investigate and evaluate contemporary thinking, theory advances and practices in marketing communication and its constituent parts, including advertising, digital communication and so on, and their integration
  • construct media management strategies through the analysis of media consumption and engagement behaviours
  • compare metrics that are used to measure marketing communication strategies and elements
  • devise structures and processes to ensure the creation of effective and efficient marketing communication.

Assessment

Within Semester Assessment: 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

3 hours class contact or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

MKX9261 or an undergraduate major in Marketing. If you have an undergraduate major in Marketing you will need to contact your course director for approval before enrolling in the unit.


MKX5660 - Relationship marketing

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Business and Economics

Leader(s): Professor Steve Worthington

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The relationship marketing model; 'internal marketing' and collaborative work practices; processes for closing the 'service quality gap' including problem solving and opportunity seeking on an on-going basis.

Objectives